|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
659
|
71 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
|
72 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
73 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
|
74 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
75 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
76 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
77 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
78 };
|
|
|
79
|
|
464
|
80 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
81 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 /*
|
|
|
84 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
85 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
87 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
88 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
89 */
|
|
464
|
90 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
93
|
|
657
|
94 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
95 * are used. */
|
|
|
96 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
97
|
|
665
|
98 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
99 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
100
|
|
657
|
101 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
102 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
103 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
104
|
|
449
|
105 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
106 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
107 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
108
|
|
464
|
109 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
110 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
111 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
112 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
113 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
114 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
115 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
116 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
117 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
118 * completion started */
|
|
|
119 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
120 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
121
|
|
|
122 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
665
|
124 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
659
|
125 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches));
|
|
7
|
126 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
127 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
128 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
129 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
130 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
131 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
667
|
132 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
133 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
134 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
135 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
136 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
659
|
137 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
138 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
139 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
659
|
140 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
141 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
143 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
144 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
145 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
146 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
147 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
148 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
149 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
151 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
152 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
153 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
154 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
155
|
|
661
|
156 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
157 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
158 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
159 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
160 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
161 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
162 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
163 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
164 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
165 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
166 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
167 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
168 #endif
|
|
7
|
169 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
170 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
171 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
172 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
173 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
174 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
176 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
181 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 #endif
|
|
|
183 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
185 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
186 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
187 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
188 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 #endif
|
|
|
190 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
191 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
192 #endif
|
|
449
|
193 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
194 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
195 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
196 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
197 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
198 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
199 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
200 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
201 #endif
|
|
|
202 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
203 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
204 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
206 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
207 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
208 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
209 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
210 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
211 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
213 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
216 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
217 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
218 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
219 #endif
|
|
|
220 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
221 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
222 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
223 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
224 #endif
|
|
|
225 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
227 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
228 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
231 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
232 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
233 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
234 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
235
|
|
|
236 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
237 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
238 #endif
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
243 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
244 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
245 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
246 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
247 #endif
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
249 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
250 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
251 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
254 under the cursor */
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 /*
|
|
|
257 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
258 *
|
|
|
259 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
260 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
261 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
262 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
263 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
264 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
265 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
266 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
267 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
268 *
|
|
|
269 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
270 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
271 *
|
|
|
272 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
273 */
|
|
|
274 int
|
|
|
275 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
276 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
277 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
278 long count;
|
|
|
279 {
|
|
|
280 int c = 0;
|
|
|
281 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
282 int lastc;
|
|
|
283 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
284 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
285 int i;
|
|
|
286 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
287 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
288 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
289 #endif
|
|
|
290 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
291 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
292 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
293 #endif
|
|
|
294 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
295 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
296 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
297
|
|
603
|
298 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
299 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
300
|
|
7
|
301 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
302 * error message */
|
|
|
303 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
306 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
307 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
308 {
|
|
|
309 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
310 return FALSE;
|
|
|
311 }
|
|
|
312 #endif
|
|
632
|
313 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
314 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
315 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
318 return FALSE;
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
7
|
320
|
|
|
321 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
322 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
323 #endif
|
|
|
324
|
|
11
|
325 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
326 /*
|
|
|
327 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
328 */
|
|
|
329 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
330 {
|
|
532
|
331 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
332 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
333 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
334 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
335 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
336 else
|
|
|
337 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
338 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
339 # endif
|
|
11
|
340 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
341 }
|
|
|
342 #endif
|
|
|
343
|
|
7
|
344 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
347 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
348 */
|
|
|
349 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
350 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
351 else
|
|
|
352 #endif
|
|
|
353 {
|
|
|
354 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
355 if (startln)
|
|
|
356 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
|
358 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
359 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
360 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
361 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
364 {
|
|
|
365 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
366 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
367 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
368 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
369 {
|
|
|
370 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
371 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
372 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
373 }
|
|
|
374 else
|
|
|
375 #endif
|
|
|
376 {
|
|
|
377 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
378 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
379 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
380 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
381 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
382 }
|
|
|
383 }
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
385 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
386 {
|
|
|
387 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
388 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 beep_flush();
|
|
|
391 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
392 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
393 }
|
|
|
394 else
|
|
|
395 #endif
|
|
|
396 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
397 }
|
|
|
398 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
399 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
400 {
|
|
|
401 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
402 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
403 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
404 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406 #endif
|
|
|
407 else
|
|
|
408 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
410 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 /*
|
|
|
413 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
414 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
415 */
|
|
|
416 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
418 /*
|
|
|
419 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
420 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
421 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
422 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
423 */
|
|
|
424 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
425 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
426 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
427 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
430 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
431 setmouse();
|
|
|
432 #endif
|
|
|
433 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
434 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
435 #endif
|
|
|
436 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
437 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
438 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
439 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
440 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
441 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
442 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
443 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
444 #endif
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /*
|
|
|
447 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
448 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
449 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
450 */
|
|
|
451 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
452 {
|
|
|
453 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
454 /*
|
|
|
455 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
456 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
457 */
|
|
|
458 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
459 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
460 else
|
|
|
461 #endif
|
|
|
462 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
463 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /*
|
|
|
466 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
467 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
468 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
469 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
470 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
471 */
|
|
|
472 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
473 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
474 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
475 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
476 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
477 {
|
|
|
478 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
479 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
480 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
481 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
482 {
|
|
474
|
483 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
484 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
485 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
486 }
|
|
|
487 #endif
|
|
|
488 }
|
|
230
|
489 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
490 }
|
|
|
491 else
|
|
|
492 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
495 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
498 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
500 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
501 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
502 #endif
|
|
|
503 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
504 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
505 #endif
|
|
|
506 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
507 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
508 * restarting. */
|
|
|
509 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
510 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
511 #endif
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 /*
|
|
|
514 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
515 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
516 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
517 */
|
|
|
518 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
519 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
520 i = showmode();
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
523 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
525 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
526 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
527 #endif
|
|
|
528 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
529 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
530 #endif
|
|
|
531
|
|
603
|
532 /*
|
|
|
533 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
534 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
535 */
|
|
7
|
536 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
537 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
538 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
539 else
|
|
|
540 {
|
|
|
541 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
542 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
543 }
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
545 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 /*
|
|
|
548 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
549 */
|
|
|
550 for (;;)
|
|
|
551 {
|
|
|
552 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
553 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
554 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
555 else
|
|
|
556 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
557 #endif
|
|
|
558 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
559 count = 0;
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
564 count = 0;
|
|
|
565 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
566 }
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
569 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
570 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
572 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
573 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
574 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
575 {
|
|
|
576 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
577 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
578 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
579 }
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 /*
|
|
|
582 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
583 */
|
|
|
584 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
586 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
587 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
588 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
589 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
590 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
591 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
592 #endif
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
595 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
596 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
597 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
598 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
599 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
600 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
601 #endif
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
603 /*
|
|
|
604 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
605 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
606 * redraw.
|
|
|
607 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
608 * something.
|
|
|
609 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
610 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
611 */
|
|
|
612 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
613 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
614 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
615 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
616 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
617 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
618 #endif
|
|
|
619 )
|
|
|
620 {
|
|
|
621 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
622 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
624 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
625 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
626 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
627 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
628 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
629 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
630 #endif
|
|
|
631 ))
|
|
|
632 {
|
|
|
633 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
634 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
635 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
636 else
|
|
|
637 #endif
|
|
|
638 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
639 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
640 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
641 else
|
|
|
642 #endif
|
|
|
643 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645 }
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
648 update_topline();
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
652 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 /*
|
|
|
655 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
656 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
657 */
|
|
661
|
658 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
659
|
|
|
660 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
661 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
662 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
663 #endif
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 update_curswant();
|
|
|
666 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
667 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
668 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
669 #endif
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
671 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
672 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
673 #endif
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 /*
|
|
|
676 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
677 */
|
|
|
678 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
679 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
682 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
683 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
684 #endif
|
|
|
685 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
686 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
687 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
688 #endif
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
691 /*
|
|
|
692 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
693 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
694 */
|
|
|
695 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
696 {
|
|
|
697 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
698 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
699 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
700 continue;
|
|
|
701
|
|
659
|
702 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
703 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
704 {
|
|
659
|
705 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
706 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
707 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
708 {
|
|
|
709 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
710 continue;
|
|
|
711 }
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
713 /* A printable character: Add it to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
714 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
715 {
|
|
|
716 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
717 continue;
|
|
|
718 }
|
|
665
|
719
|
|
|
720 /* Pressing Enter selects the current match. */
|
|
|
721 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
|
|
|
722 {
|
|
|
723 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
724 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
725 }
|
|
657
|
726 }
|
|
|
727 }
|
|
|
728
|
|
7
|
729 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
730 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
731 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
732 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
733 continue;
|
|
7
|
734 #endif
|
|
|
735
|
|
477
|
736 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
737 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
738 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
739 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
740 {
|
|
|
741 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
742 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
743 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
744 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
745 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
746 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
747 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
748 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
749 {
|
|
477
|
750 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
751 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
752 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
753 }
|
|
|
754 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
755 continue;
|
|
|
756 else
|
|
|
757 {
|
|
477
|
758 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
761 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
762 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
763 }
|
|
7
|
764 count = 0;
|
|
|
765 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
766 }
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
770 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
771 #endif
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
773 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
774 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
775 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
776 #endif
|
|
|
777 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
778 {
|
|
|
779 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
780 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
781 continue;
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
784 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
785 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
786 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
787 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
788 # endif
|
|
|
789 )
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
792 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
793 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
794 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
795 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
796 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
797 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
798 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
799 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
800 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
801 }
|
|
|
802 #endif
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
804 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
805 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
806 switch (c)
|
|
|
807 {
|
|
|
808 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
809 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
810 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
811 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
812 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
813 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
814 }
|
|
|
815 #endif
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
818 /*
|
|
|
819 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
820 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
821 * characters.
|
|
|
822 */
|
|
|
823 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
824 continue;
|
|
|
825 #endif
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
827 /*
|
|
|
828 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
829 */
|
|
|
830 switch (c)
|
|
|
831 {
|
|
449
|
832 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
833 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
834 break;
|
|
|
835 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
836
|
|
449
|
837 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
838 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
839 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
840 {
|
|
|
841 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
842 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
843 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
844 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
845 }
|
|
|
846 #endif
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
848 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
849 do_intr:
|
|
|
850 #endif
|
|
|
851 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
852 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
853 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
854 {
|
|
|
855 if (got_int)
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
858 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
859 }
|
|
|
860 else
|
|
|
861 vim_beep();
|
|
|
862 break;
|
|
|
863 }
|
|
|
864 doESCkey:
|
|
|
865 /*
|
|
|
866 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
867 */
|
|
|
868 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
869 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
870 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
871 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
872
|
|
477
|
873 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
874 {
|
|
|
875 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
876 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
877 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
878 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
879 #endif
|
|
7
|
880 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
881 }
|
|
7
|
882 continue;
|
|
|
883
|
|
449
|
884 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
885 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
886 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
887 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
888 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
889 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
892 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
893 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
894 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
895 #endif
|
|
|
896 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
897 break;
|
|
|
898 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
899 count = 0;
|
|
|
900 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
901
|
|
464
|
902 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
903 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
904 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
908 break;
|
|
|
909
|
|
449
|
910 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
911 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
912 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
913 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
914 #endif
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
917 case K_F1:
|
|
|
918 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
919 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
920 if (p_im)
|
|
|
921 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
922 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
925 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
926 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
927 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
928 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
929 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
930 break;
|
|
|
931 #endif
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
933 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
934 case NUL:
|
|
|
935 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
936 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
937 * error. */
|
|
7
|
938 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
939 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
940 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
941 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
942 break;
|
|
|
943
|
|
449
|
944 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
945 ins_reg();
|
|
|
946 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
947 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
948 break;
|
|
|
949
|
|
449
|
950 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
951 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
952 break;
|
|
|
953
|
|
449
|
954 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
955 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
956 break;
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
959 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
960 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
961 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
962 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
963 break;
|
|
|
964 #endif
|
|
|
965
|
|
449
|
966 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
967 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
968 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
969 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
970 #endif
|
|
|
971 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
972
|
|
449
|
973 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
974 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
975 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
976 {
|
|
449
|
977 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
978 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
979 break;
|
|
7
|
980 }
|
|
|
981 # endif
|
|
|
982 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
983 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
984 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
985 break;
|
|
|
986
|
|
449
|
987 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
988 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
989 ins_del();
|
|
|
990 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
991 break;
|
|
|
992
|
|
449
|
993 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
994 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
995 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
996 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
997 break;
|
|
|
998
|
|
449
|
999 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1000 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1001 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1002 break;
|
|
|
1003
|
|
449
|
1004 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1005 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1006 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1007 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1008 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1009 # endif
|
|
7
|
1010 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1011 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1012 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1013 break;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1016 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1017 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1018 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1019 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1020 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1021 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1022 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1023 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1024 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1025 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1026 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1027 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1028 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1029 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1030 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1031 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1032 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1033 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1034 break;
|
|
|
1035
|
|
449
|
1036 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1037 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1038 break;
|
|
|
1039
|
|
449
|
1040 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1041 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1042 break;
|
|
|
1043 #endif
|
|
|
1044
|
|
449
|
1045 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1046 break;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
661
|
1048 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1049 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1050 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1051 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1052 break;
|
|
|
1053 #endif
|
|
|
1054
|
|
625
|
1055 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1056 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1057 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1058 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1059 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1060 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1061 break;
|
|
|
1062 #endif
|
|
|
1063
|
|
7
|
1064 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1065 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1066 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1067 break;
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1070 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1071 break;
|
|
|
1072 #endif
|
|
|
1073
|
|
449
|
1074 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1075 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1076 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1077 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1078 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1079 break;
|
|
|
1080
|
|
449
|
1081 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1082 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1083 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1084 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1085 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1086 break;
|
|
|
1087
|
|
449
|
1088 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1089 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1090 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1091 else
|
|
|
1092 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1093 break;
|
|
|
1094
|
|
449
|
1095 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1096 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1097 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1098 break;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
449
|
1100 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1101 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1102 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1103 else
|
|
|
1104 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1105 break;
|
|
|
1106
|
|
449
|
1107 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1108 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1109 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111
|
|
449
|
1112 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1113 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1114 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1115 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1116 #endif
|
|
180
|
1117 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1118 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1119 else
|
|
|
1120 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1121 break;
|
|
|
1122
|
|
449
|
1123 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1124 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1125 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1126 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1127 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1128 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1129 #endif
|
|
7
|
1130 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1131 break;
|
|
|
1132
|
|
449
|
1133 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1134 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1135 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1136 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1137 #endif
|
|
180
|
1138 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1139 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1140 else
|
|
|
1141 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1142 break;
|
|
|
1143
|
|
449
|
1144 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1145 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1146 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1147 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1148 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1149 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1150 #endif
|
|
7
|
1151 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1152 break;
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1155 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1156 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1157 break;
|
|
|
1158 #endif
|
|
|
1159
|
|
449
|
1160 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1161 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1162 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1163
|
|
449
|
1164 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1165 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1166 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1167 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1168 #endif
|
|
|
1169 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1170 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1171 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1172 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1173 break;
|
|
|
1174
|
|
449
|
1175 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1176 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1177 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1178 case CAR:
|
|
|
1179 case NL:
|
|
|
1180 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1181 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1182 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1183 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
644
|
1185 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1186 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1187 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1188 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1189 break;
|
|
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191 #endif
|
|
|
1192 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1193 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1194 {
|
|
|
1195 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1196 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1197 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1198 }
|
|
|
1199 #endif
|
|
|
1200 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1201 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1202 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1203 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1204 break;
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1207 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1208 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1209 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1210 {
|
|
449
|
1211 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1212 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1213 break;
|
|
7
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215 # endif
|
|
|
1216 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1217 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1218 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1219 break;
|
|
|
1220 # endif
|
|
|
1221 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1222 #endif
|
|
7
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1225 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1226 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1227 break;
|
|
|
1228
|
|
449
|
1229 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1230 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1231 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1232 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1233
|
|
449
|
1234 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1235 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1236 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1237 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1240 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1241 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1242 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1243 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1244 #endif
|
|
|
1245
|
|
449
|
1246 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1248 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1249 #endif
|
|
|
1250 {
|
|
|
1251 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1252 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1253 {
|
|
|
1254 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1255 break;
|
|
|
1256 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1259 }
|
|
|
1260 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1261 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1262
|
|
449
|
1263 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1264 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1265 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1266 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1267 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1268 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1269 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1270 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 docomplete:
|
|
|
1273 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1274 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1275 break;
|
|
|
1276 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1277
|
|
449
|
1278 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1279 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1280 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1281 break;
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 default:
|
|
|
1284 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1285 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1286 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1287 #endif
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 /*
|
|
|
1290 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1291 */
|
|
|
1292 normalchar:
|
|
|
1293 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1294 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1295 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1296 #endif
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1299 {
|
|
|
1300 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1302 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1303 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1304 #endif
|
|
|
1305 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1306 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1307 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1308 }
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1312 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1313 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1314 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1315 #endif
|
|
|
1316 c))
|
|
|
1317 {
|
|
|
1318 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1319 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1320 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1321 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1322 #endif
|
|
|
1323 }
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
1325 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1328 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1329 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1330 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1331 #endif
|
|
|
1332 break;
|
|
|
1333 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1336 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1337 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1340 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1341 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1342 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1343 # endif
|
|
|
1344 )
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1347 /*
|
|
|
1348 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1349 */
|
|
|
1350 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1351 {
|
|
|
1352 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1353 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1354 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1355 }
|
|
|
1356 }
|
|
|
1357 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1360 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1361 }
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 /*
|
|
|
1364 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1365 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1366 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1367 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1368 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1369 */
|
|
661
|
1370 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1371 static void
|
|
661
|
1372 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1373 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1374 {
|
|
|
1375 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1376 {
|
|
661
|
1377 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1378 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
|
|
|
1379 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
|
1380 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor))
|
|
|
1381 {
|
|
|
1382 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1383 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1384 }
|
|
|
1385 #endif
|
|
7
|
1386 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1387 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1388 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1389 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1390 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1391 setcursor();
|
|
|
1392 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1393 }
|
|
|
1394 }
|
|
|
1395
|
|
|
1396 /*
|
|
|
1397 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1398 */
|
|
|
1399 static void
|
|
|
1400 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1401 {
|
|
|
1402 int c;
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1405 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1408 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1409 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1412 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1413 #endif
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1416 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1417 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1418 #endif
|
|
|
1419 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1420 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1421 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1422 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1423 #endif
|
|
|
1424 }
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 /*
|
|
|
1427 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1428 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1429 */
|
|
|
1430 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1431 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1432 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1433 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1434 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1436 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1437 #else
|
|
|
1438 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1439 #endif
|
|
|
1440 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1441 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1442 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 void
|
|
|
1445 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1446 int c;
|
|
|
1447 int highlight;
|
|
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 int attr;
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1452 {
|
|
|
1453 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1454 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1455 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1456 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1457 else
|
|
|
1458 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1459 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1460 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1461 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1462 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1463 #endif
|
|
|
1464 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1465 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1468 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1469 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1470 {
|
|
|
1471 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1472
|
|
|
1473 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1474 {
|
|
|
1475 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1476 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1477 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480 # endif
|
|
|
1481 }
|
|
|
1482 else
|
|
|
1483 #endif
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1486 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1487 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1488 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1489 #endif
|
|
|
1490 }
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1493 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1494 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1495 #endif
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1498 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1499 }
|
|
|
1500 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502 }
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 /*
|
|
|
1505 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1506 */
|
|
|
1507 void
|
|
|
1508 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1509 {
|
|
|
1510 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1511 {
|
|
|
1512 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1513 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1514 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1515 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1516 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1517 else
|
|
|
1518 #endif
|
|
|
1519 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1520 }
|
|
|
1521 }
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 /*
|
|
|
1524 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1525 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1526 */
|
|
|
1527 void
|
|
|
1528 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1529 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1532
|
|
|
1533 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1534 return;
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1537 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1538 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1539 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1540 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1543
|
|
|
1544 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1545 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1546 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 #endif
|
|
|
1549 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1550 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1551 {
|
|
|
1552 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1553 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1554 }
|
|
|
1555 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1556 }
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 /*
|
|
|
1559 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1560 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1561 */
|
|
|
1562 static void
|
|
|
1563 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1566 {
|
|
|
1567 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1568 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1569 }
|
|
|
1570 }
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 /*
|
|
|
1573 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1574 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1575 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1576 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1577 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1578 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1579 */
|
|
|
1580 void
|
|
|
1581 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1582 int type;
|
|
|
1583 int amount;
|
|
|
1584 int round;
|
|
|
1585 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 int vcol;
|
|
|
1588 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1589 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1590 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1591 int i;
|
|
|
1592 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1593 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1594 int start_col;
|
|
|
1595 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1596 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1597 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1598 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1601 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1602 {
|
|
|
1603 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1604 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1605 }
|
|
|
1606 #endif
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1609 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1610 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1611 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1612 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 /*
|
|
|
1615 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1616 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1617 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1618 */
|
|
|
1619 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1622 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1623 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1624 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 /*
|
|
|
1629 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1630 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1631 */
|
|
|
1632 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1633 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1636 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /*
|
|
|
1639 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1640 */
|
|
|
1641 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1642 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1643 else
|
|
|
1644 {
|
|
|
1645 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1646 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1649 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1650 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1651 #endif
|
|
|
1652 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1653 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1654 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1655 #endif
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 /*
|
|
|
1660 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1661 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1662 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1663 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1664 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1665 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1666 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1667 */
|
|
|
1668 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1669 {
|
|
|
1670 /*
|
|
|
1671 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1672 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1673 */
|
|
|
1674 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1675 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1676 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1677 }
|
|
|
1678 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1679 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1680 else
|
|
|
1681 {
|
|
|
1682 /*
|
|
|
1683 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1684 */
|
|
|
1685 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1686 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 /*
|
|
|
1689 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1690 */
|
|
|
1691 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1692 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1693 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1694 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1695 {
|
|
|
1696 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1698 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1699 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1700 else
|
|
|
1701 #endif
|
|
|
1702 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1703 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1704 }
|
|
|
1705 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 /*
|
|
|
1708 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1709 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1710 */
|
|
|
1711 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1712 {
|
|
|
1713 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1714 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1715 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1716 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1717 {
|
|
|
1718 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1719 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1720 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1721 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1722 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1723 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725 }
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 /*
|
|
|
1728 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1729 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1730 */
|
|
|
1731 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1732 }
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1737 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1738 else
|
|
|
1739 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1740 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1741 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 /*
|
|
|
1744 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1745 */
|
|
|
1746 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1747 {
|
|
|
1748 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1749 {
|
|
|
1750 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1751 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1752 else
|
|
|
1753 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1754 }
|
|
|
1755 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1756 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1757 else
|
|
|
1758 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 /*
|
|
|
1762 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1763 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1764 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1765 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1766 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1767 */
|
|
|
1768 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1769 {
|
|
|
1770 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1771 {
|
|
|
1772 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1773 --start_col;
|
|
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1776 {
|
|
|
1777 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1778 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1779 {
|
|
|
1780 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1781 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1782 }
|
|
|
1783 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785 }
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1788 /*
|
|
|
1789 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1790 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1791 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1792 */
|
|
|
1793 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1794 {
|
|
|
1795 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1796 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1797 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1798 return;
|
|
|
1799
|
|
|
1800 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1801 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1802 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1803 return;
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
1805 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1806 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1809 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1810 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1813 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1816 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1819 }
|
|
|
1820 #endif
|
|
|
1821 }
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
1823 /*
|
|
|
1824 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1825 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1826 * modes.
|
|
|
1827 */
|
|
|
1828 void
|
|
|
1829 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1830 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 int i;
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1835 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1836 {
|
|
|
1837 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1838 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1839 }
|
|
|
1840 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1841 }
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1844 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1845 /*
|
|
|
1846 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1847 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1848 */
|
|
|
1849 void
|
|
|
1850 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1851 int col;
|
|
|
1852 {
|
|
|
1853 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1854 {
|
|
|
1855 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1856 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1857 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1858 else
|
|
|
1859 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1860 }
|
|
|
1861 }
|
|
|
1862 #endif
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1865 /*
|
|
449
|
1866 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1867 */
|
|
|
1868 static void
|
|
|
1869 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1872 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1873 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1874 {
|
|
|
1875 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1876 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1877 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1878 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1879 else
|
|
|
1880 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1881 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1882 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1883 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1884 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1885 showmode();
|
|
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887 }
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 /*
|
|
|
1890 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1891 */
|
|
|
1892 static int
|
|
|
1893 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1894 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1895 {
|
|
|
1896 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1897 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1898 {
|
|
|
1899 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1900 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1901 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1902 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1903 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1904 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
|
1906 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1907 setcursor();
|
|
|
1908 out_flush();
|
|
|
1909 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1910 }
|
|
|
1911 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
|
1913 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1914 }
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 /*
|
|
7
|
1917 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1918 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1919 */
|
|
|
1920 int
|
|
|
1921 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1922 int c;
|
|
|
1923 {
|
|
|
1924 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1925 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1926 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1927
|
|
610
|
1928 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1929 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1930 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1931
|
|
7
|
1932 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1933 {
|
|
|
1934 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1935 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1936 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1937 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1938 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1939 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1940 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1941 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1942 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1943 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1944 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1945 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1946 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1947 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1948 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1949 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1950 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1951 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1952 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1953 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1954 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1955 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1956 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1957 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1958 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1959 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1960 #endif
|
|
|
1961 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1962 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1963 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1964 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1965 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1966 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1967 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1968 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1969 #endif
|
|
477
|
1970 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1971 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1972 }
|
|
|
1973 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1974 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1975 }
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
659
|
1978 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
1979 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1980 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1981 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1982 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1983 */
|
|
|
1984 int
|
|
464
|
1985 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1986 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1987 int len;
|
|
|
1988 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1989 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1990 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1991 {
|
|
|
1992 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1993 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1994 int idx;
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1997 {
|
|
|
1998 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1999 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
2000 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
2003 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
2004 {
|
|
|
2005 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
2006 {
|
|
|
2007 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2008 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2009 {
|
|
|
2010 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2011 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2012 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2013 break;
|
|
|
2014 }
|
|
|
2015 }
|
|
|
2016 }
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /*
|
|
|
2019 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2020 * upper case.
|
|
|
2021 */
|
|
|
2022 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2023 {
|
|
449
|
2024 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2025 {
|
|
449
|
2026 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
2027 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2028 {
|
|
|
2029 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2030 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2031 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2032 break;
|
|
|
2033 }
|
|
449
|
2034 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2035 }
|
|
|
2036 }
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2039 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2040
|
|
659
|
2041 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2042 }
|
|
|
2043 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2044 }
|
|
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 /*
|
|
|
2047 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2048 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2049 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
2050 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2051 *
|
|
|
2052 * New:
|
|
|
2053 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2054 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2055 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
2056 */
|
|
464
|
2057 int
|
|
659
|
2058 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2059 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2060 int len;
|
|
|
2061 char_u *fname;
|
|
659
|
2062 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
|
2063 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2064 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2065 {
|
|
464
|
2066 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2067 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2070 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2071 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2072 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2073 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 /*
|
|
|
2076 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2077 */
|
|
449
|
2078 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2079 {
|
|
|
2080 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2081 do
|
|
|
2082 {
|
|
464
|
2083 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2084 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2085 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2086 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2087 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2088 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
540
|
2091 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2092 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2093
|
|
7
|
2094 /*
|
|
|
2095 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2096 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2097 */
|
|
659
|
2098 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2099 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2100 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2101 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2102 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2105 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2106 }
|
|
|
2107 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2108 {
|
|
|
2109 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2110 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2111 }
|
|
659
|
2112
|
|
7
|
2113 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2114 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2115 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2116 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2117 if (fname != NULL
|
|
|
2118 && compl_curr_match
|
|
|
2119 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2120 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2121 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2122 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2123 {
|
|
|
2124 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2125 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2126 }
|
|
7
|
2127 else
|
|
464
|
2128 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2129 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
659
|
2130 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2131 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
|
7
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 /*
|
|
|
2134 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2135 */
|
|
449
|
2136 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2137 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2138 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2139 {
|
|
464
|
2140 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2141 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2142 }
|
|
|
2143 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2144 {
|
|
464
|
2145 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2146 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2147 }
|
|
|
2148 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2149 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2150 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2151 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2152 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2153 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2154 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2155
|
|
665
|
2156 /*
|
|
|
2157 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2158 */
|
|
|
2159 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2160 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2161
|
|
7
|
2162 return OK;
|
|
|
2163 }
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 /*
|
|
665
|
2166 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2167 */
|
|
|
2168 static void
|
|
|
2169 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2170 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2171 {
|
|
|
2172 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2173 int l;
|
|
|
2174 int had_match;
|
|
|
2175
|
|
|
2176 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
|
2177 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2178 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2179 else
|
|
|
2180 {
|
|
|
2181 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
|
2182 for (p = compl_leader, s = match->cp_str; *p != NUL; p += l, s += l)
|
|
|
2183 {
|
|
|
2184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2185 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2186 {
|
|
|
2187 l = mb_ptr2len(p);
|
|
667
|
2188 if (STRNICMP(p, s, l) != 0)
|
|
665
|
2189 break;
|
|
|
2190 }
|
|
|
2191 else
|
|
|
2192 #endif
|
|
|
2193 {
|
|
667
|
2194 if (MB_TOLOWER(*p) != MB_TOLOWER(*s))
|
|
665
|
2195 break;
|
|
|
2196 l = 1;
|
|
|
2197 }
|
|
|
2198 }
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2201 {
|
|
|
2202 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2203 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2204 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2205 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2206 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2207 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2210 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2211 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2212 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 /*
|
|
7
|
2220 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2221 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2222 */
|
|
|
2223 static void
|
|
659
|
2224 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches)
|
|
7
|
2225 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2226 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 int i;
|
|
|
2229 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2230 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2231
|
|
464
|
2232 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
659
|
2233 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2234 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2235 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2236 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2240 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2241 */
|
|
|
2242 static int
|
|
|
2243 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
464
|
2245 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2246 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2247
|
|
449
|
2248 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2249 {
|
|
|
2250 /*
|
|
|
2251 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2252 */
|
|
449
|
2253 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2254 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2255 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2256 {
|
|
|
2257 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2258 ++count;
|
|
|
2259 }
|
|
464
|
2260 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2261 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263 return count;
|
|
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265
|
|
574
|
2266 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2267 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2268 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2269 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /*
|
|
|
2272 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2273 */
|
|
|
2274 static void
|
|
|
2275 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2276 {
|
|
|
2277 int h;
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2280 {
|
|
|
2281 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2282 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2283 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2284 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2285 }
|
|
|
2286 }
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 /*
|
|
|
2289 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2290 */
|
|
|
2291 static void
|
|
|
2292 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2293 {
|
|
|
2294 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2295 {
|
|
|
2296 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2297 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2298 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2299 }
|
|
|
2300 }
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 /*
|
|
|
2303 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2304 */
|
|
|
2305 static int
|
|
|
2306 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
665
|
2309 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2310 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2313 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2314 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2315 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2316 #endif
|
|
|
2317 )
|
|
|
2318 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2319 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2320 }
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 /*
|
|
|
2323 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
|
2324 */
|
|
|
2325 static int
|
|
|
2326 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2329 int i;
|
|
540
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2332 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2333 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2334 i = 0;
|
|
|
2335 do
|
|
|
2336 {
|
|
|
2337 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2338 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2339 break;
|
|
|
2340 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2341 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2344 }
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 /*
|
|
|
2347 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2348 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2349 */
|
|
648
|
2350 void
|
|
540
|
2351 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2352 {
|
|
|
2353 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2354 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2355 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2356 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2357 int i;
|
|
|
2358 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2359 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2360 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
|
540
|
2363 return;
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2366 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2367
|
|
|
2368 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2369 {
|
|
|
2370 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2371 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2372 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2373 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2374 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2375 do
|
|
|
2376 {
|
|
657
|
2377 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2378 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2379 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader, lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2380 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2381 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2382 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2383 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2384 return;
|
|
659
|
2385 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2386 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2387 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2388 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2389 {
|
|
|
2390 i = 0;
|
|
|
2391 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2392 do
|
|
|
2393 {
|
|
657
|
2394 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2395 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2396 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader,
|
|
|
2397 lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2398 {
|
|
659
|
2399 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2402 {
|
|
|
2403 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2404 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2405 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2406 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2407 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2408 }
|
|
|
2409 else
|
|
|
2410 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2411 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2412 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2413 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2414 }
|
|
|
2415 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2416 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2417 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
|
2418 else
|
|
|
2419 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2420 }
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2423 {
|
|
|
2424 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2425 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2426 {
|
|
|
2427 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2428 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2429 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2430 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2431 }
|
|
540
|
2432 }
|
|
|
2433 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2434 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2437 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2438 }
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440 else
|
|
|
2441 {
|
|
|
2442 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2443 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
659
|
2444 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
657
|
2445 break;
|
|
|
2446 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2447 }
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2450 {
|
|
|
2451 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2452 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2453 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2454 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2455 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2456 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2457 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2458 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2459 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2460 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2461 }
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463
|
|
7
|
2464 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2465 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2466
|
|
7
|
2467 /*
|
|
|
2468 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2469 * completions.
|
|
|
2470 */
|
|
|
2471 static void
|
|
659
|
2472 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
7
|
2473 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2474 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2475 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
7
|
2476 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2477 {
|
|
|
2478 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2479 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2480 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2481 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2482 int add_r;
|
|
|
2483 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2484 int count;
|
|
|
2485 int i;
|
|
|
2486 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2487 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2488
|
|
|
2489 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2490 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2491 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2492 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2493 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2496 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
|
2497 * pattern. */
|
|
|
2498 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2499 {
|
|
|
2500 i = STRLEN(pat) + 8;
|
|
|
2501 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2502 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
2503 return;
|
|
|
2504 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs%s", pat);
|
|
|
2505 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2506 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2507 }
|
|
|
2508 else
|
|
|
2509 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2510
|
|
7
|
2511 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2512 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2513 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2514 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2515 {
|
|
|
2516 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2517 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 count = 1;
|
|
|
2520 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522 else
|
|
|
2523 {
|
|
|
2524 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2525 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2526 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2527 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2528 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2529 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2530 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2531 count = 0;
|
|
|
2532 }
|
|
|
2533
|
|
449
|
2534 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2537 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2538 {
|
|
274
|
2539 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2540 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2541 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2542 }
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 /*
|
|
|
2547 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2548 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2549 */
|
|
449
|
2550 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2551 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2552 {
|
|
|
2553 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2554 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2555 {
|
|
|
2556 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
667
|
2557 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2558 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2559 else
|
|
|
2560 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2561 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2562 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2563 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2564 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2565 {
|
|
|
2566 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 /*
|
|
|
2569 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2570 */
|
|
|
2571 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2574 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2575 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2576 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2577 break;
|
|
|
2578 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2582 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2583 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2584 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2585 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2586 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2587 {
|
|
474
|
2588 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2591 break;
|
|
|
2592 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 else
|
|
|
2595 #endif
|
|
|
2596 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2597 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2598 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2599 }
|
|
|
2600 }
|
|
|
2601 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2602 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2603 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2604 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2605 break;
|
|
|
2606 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2607 * of line */
|
|
|
2608 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2609 break;
|
|
|
2610 }
|
|
|
2611 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2612 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2613 }
|
|
|
2614 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2615 }
|
|
|
2616 }
|
|
|
2617 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2618 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2619 if (flags)
|
|
|
2620 break;
|
|
|
2621 }
|
|
|
2622 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2623 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2624 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2625 }
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 /*
|
|
|
2628 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2629 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2630 */
|
|
|
2631 char_u *
|
|
|
2632 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2633 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2636 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2637 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2638 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2639 else
|
|
|
2640 #endif
|
|
|
2641 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2642 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2643 return ptr;
|
|
|
2644 }
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 /*
|
|
|
2647 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2648 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2649 */
|
|
|
2650 char_u *
|
|
|
2651 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2652 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2653 {
|
|
|
2654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2655 int start_class;
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2658 {
|
|
|
2659 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2660 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2661 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2662 {
|
|
474
|
2663 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2664 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2665 break;
|
|
|
2666 }
|
|
|
2667 }
|
|
|
2668 else
|
|
|
2669 #endif
|
|
|
2670 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2671 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2672 return ptr;
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 /*
|
|
667
|
2676 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
2677 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
2678 */
|
|
|
2679 static char_u *
|
|
|
2680 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2681 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2682 {
|
|
|
2683 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2686 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
2687 --s;
|
|
|
2688 return s;
|
|
|
2689 }
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 /*
|
|
7
|
2692 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2693 */
|
|
|
2694 static void
|
|
|
2695 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2696 {
|
|
464
|
2697 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2698
|
|
449
|
2699 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2700 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2701 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2702 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2705 return;
|
|
540
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2708 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2709
|
|
449
|
2710 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2711 do
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
449
|
2713 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2714 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2715 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2716 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2717 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2718 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
659
|
2719 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
|
7
|
2720 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2721 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2722 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2723 }
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 static void
|
|
|
2726 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2727 {
|
|
449
|
2728 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2729 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2730 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2731 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2732 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2733 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2734 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2735 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2736 }
|
|
|
2737
|
|
|
2738 /*
|
|
674
|
2739 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
2740 */
|
|
|
2741 int
|
|
|
2742 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
|
2744 return compl_started;
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 /*
|
|
659
|
2748 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2749 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2750 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2751 */
|
|
|
2752 static int
|
|
|
2753 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2756 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2761 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2762 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2763 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2764 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2765 }
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2768 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2769 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2772 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2773 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2774 {
|
|
|
2775 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2776 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2777 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 if (!compl_started)
|
|
|
2780 {
|
|
|
2781 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2782 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2783 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2784 else
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2787 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2788 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790 }
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2793 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2794 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2799 }
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 /*
|
|
|
2802 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2803 * matches.
|
|
|
2804 */
|
|
|
2805 static void
|
|
|
2806 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2807 int c;
|
|
|
2808 {
|
|
|
2809 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2810 int cc;
|
|
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2813 {
|
|
|
2814 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2815
|
|
|
2816 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2817 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2818 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2819 }
|
|
|
2820 else
|
|
|
2821 #endif
|
|
|
2822 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2825 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2826 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2827 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2828 {
|
|
|
2829 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2830 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2831 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2832 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2833 }
|
|
|
2834 }
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 /*
|
|
659
|
2837 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2838 * matches.
|
|
|
2839 */
|
|
|
2840 static void
|
|
|
2841 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
2842 {
|
|
|
2843 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2844 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
2845 int c;
|
|
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
2848 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
659
|
2849 return;
|
|
|
2850 p += len;
|
|
|
2851 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2852 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2853 #else
|
|
|
2854 c = *p;
|
|
|
2855 #endif
|
|
|
2856 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 /*
|
|
7
|
2860 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2861 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2862 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2863 */
|
|
540
|
2864 static int
|
|
7
|
2865 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2866 int c;
|
|
|
2867 {
|
|
|
2868 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2869 int temp;
|
|
|
2870 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2871 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2872
|
|
|
2873 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2874 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2875 */
|
|
|
2876 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2877 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2880 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2881 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2882
|
|
665
|
2883 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
2884 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
2885 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
2886 {
|
|
|
2887 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
2888 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2889 }
|
|
|
2890
|
|
7
|
2891 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2892 {
|
|
|
2893 /*
|
|
|
2894 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2895 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2896 */
|
|
|
2897 switch (c)
|
|
|
2898 {
|
|
|
2899 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2900 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2901 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2902 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2903 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2904 else
|
|
|
2905 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2906 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2907 showmode();
|
|
|
2908 break;
|
|
|
2909 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2910 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2911 break;
|
|
|
2912 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2913 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2914 break;
|
|
|
2915 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2916 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2917 break;
|
|
|
2918 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2919 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2920 break;
|
|
|
2921 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2922 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2923 break;
|
|
12
|
2924 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2925 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2926 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2927 break;
|
|
449
|
2928 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2929 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2930 break;
|
|
502
|
2931 #endif
|
|
477
|
2932 case 's':
|
|
|
2933 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2934 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2935 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2936 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2937 #endif
|
|
477
|
2938 break;
|
|
7
|
2939 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2940 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2941 break;
|
|
|
2942 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2943 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2944 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2945 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2946 break;
|
|
|
2947 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2948 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2949 break;
|
|
|
2950 #endif
|
|
|
2951 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2952 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2953 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2954 break;
|
|
|
2955 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2956 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2957 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2958 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2959 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2960 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2961 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2962 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2963 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2964 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2965 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2966 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2967 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2968 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2969 default:
|
|
449
|
2970 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2971 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2972 * mode).
|
|
|
2973 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2974 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2975 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2976 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2977 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2978 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2979 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2980 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2981 {
|
|
449
|
2982 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2983 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2984 else
|
|
449
|
2985 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2986 }
|
|
|
2987 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2988 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2989 showmode();
|
|
|
2990 break;
|
|
|
2991 }
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2996 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2997 {
|
|
|
2998 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2999 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3000 else
|
|
|
3001 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3002 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004 showmode();
|
|
|
3005 }
|
|
|
3006
|
|
449
|
3007 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3008 {
|
|
|
3009 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3010 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3011 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3012 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3013 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3014 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3015 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3016 {
|
|
|
3017 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3018 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3019 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
3020 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3021 {
|
|
449
|
3022 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3023
|
|
7
|
3024 /*
|
|
|
3025 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
3026 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
3027 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
3028 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3029 */
|
|
464
|
3030 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
3031 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3032 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
3033 {
|
|
449
|
3034 ++p;
|
|
7
|
3035 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3036 }
|
|
449
|
3037 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
3038 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
3039 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
3040 }
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3043 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3044 #endif
|
|
|
3045 /*
|
|
|
3046 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3047 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3048 */
|
|
449
|
3049 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3050 {
|
|
|
3051 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3052 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3053 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3054 {
|
|
|
3055 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3056 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3057 }
|
|
|
3058 #endif
|
|
|
3059 }
|
|
|
3060 else
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
3063 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
3064 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3065 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
3066 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
3067 }
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3070
|
|
540
|
3071 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
3072 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
3073 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
3074 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3075
|
|
7
|
3076 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3077 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3078 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3079 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3080 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3081 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3082 {
|
|
|
3083 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3084 showmode();
|
|
|
3085 }
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3088 /*
|
|
|
3089 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3090 */
|
|
|
3091 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3092 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3093 #endif
|
|
|
3094 }
|
|
|
3095 }
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3098 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3099 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3100 {
|
|
449
|
3101 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3102 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3103 }
|
|
540
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3106 }
|
|
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 /*
|
|
|
3109 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3110 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3111 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3112 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3113 *
|
|
|
3114 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3115 */
|
|
|
3116 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3117 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3118 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3119 int flag;
|
|
|
3120 {
|
|
|
3121 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3122 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3123 #endif
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3126 {
|
|
|
3127 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3128 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3129 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3130 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3131 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3132 ;
|
|
|
3133 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3134 #else
|
|
|
3135 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3136 #endif
|
|
|
3137 }
|
|
|
3138 else
|
|
|
3139 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3140 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3141 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3142 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3143 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3144 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3145 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3146 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3147 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3148 ;
|
|
|
3149 return buf;
|
|
|
3150 }
|
|
|
3151
|
|
12
|
3152 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3153 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3154
|
|
|
3155 /*
|
|
523
|
3156 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3157 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
3158 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
3159 */
|
|
659
|
3160 static void
|
|
|
3161 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3162 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3163 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3164 {
|
|
452
|
3165 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3166 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3167 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3168 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
3169 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3170 pos_T pos;
|
|
659
|
3171 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3172 char_u *x;
|
|
502
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3175 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3176 return;
|
|
452
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3179 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3180 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3183 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3184 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3185 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3186 return;
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
452
|
3189 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
3190 {
|
|
659
|
3191 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3192 {
|
|
|
3193 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3194 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3195 }
|
|
|
3196 else
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
3199 x = NULL;
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
452
|
3201 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
3202 {
|
|
659
|
3203 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
|
3204 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3205 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
452
|
3206 }
|
|
648
|
3207 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3208 break;
|
|
452
|
3209 }
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
12
|
3212 }
|
|
|
3213 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3214
|
|
449
|
3215 /*
|
|
|
3216 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3217 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3218 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3219 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3220 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3221 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3222 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 static int
|
|
659
|
3225 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3226 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3229 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3230 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3231 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3232 certain type. */
|
|
|
3233 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3234
|
|
464
|
3235 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3236 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3237 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3238 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3239 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3240 int i;
|
|
|
3241 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3242 int len;
|
|
|
3243 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3244 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3245 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3246 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3247 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3248 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3249
|
|
449
|
3250 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3251 {
|
|
|
3252 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3253 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3254 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3255 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3256 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3257 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3258 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3259 }
|
|
|
3260
|
|
449
|
3261 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3262 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3263 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3264 for (;;)
|
|
|
3265 {
|
|
|
3266 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3267
|
|
449
|
3268 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3269 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3270 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3271 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3272 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3273 {
|
|
|
3274 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3275 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3276 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3277 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3280 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3281 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3282 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3283 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3284 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3285 type = 0;
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3288 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3291 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3292 {
|
|
449
|
3293 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3294 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3295 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3296 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3297 type = 0;
|
|
|
3298 }
|
|
|
3299 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3300 {
|
|
|
3301 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3302 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3303 continue;
|
|
|
3304 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3305 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3306 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3307 }
|
|
274
|
3308 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3309 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3310 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3311 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3312 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3313 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3314 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3317 break;
|
|
|
3318 else
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
|
3320 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3321 type = -1;
|
|
|
3322 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3323 {
|
|
|
3324 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3325 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3326 else
|
|
|
3327 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3328 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3331 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3332 }
|
|
|
3333 }
|
|
|
3334 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3335 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3336 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3337 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3338 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3339 #endif
|
|
|
3340 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3343 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3344 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3345 }
|
|
|
3346 else
|
|
|
3347 type = -1;
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3350 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3353 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3354 continue;
|
|
|
3355 }
|
|
|
3356 }
|
|
|
3357
|
|
|
3358 switch (type)
|
|
|
3359 {
|
|
|
3360 case -1:
|
|
|
3361 break;
|
|
|
3362 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3363 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3364 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3365 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3366 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3367 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3368 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3369 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3370 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3371 break;
|
|
|
3372 #endif
|
|
|
3373
|
|
|
3374 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3375 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3376 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3377 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3378 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3379 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3380 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3381 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3382 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3383 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3384 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3385 compl_pattern,
|
|
7
|
3386 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3387 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3388 break;
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3391 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3392 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3393 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3396 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3397 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3398 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3399 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3400 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3401 {
|
|
659
|
3402 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3403 }
|
|
|
3404 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3405 break;
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3408 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3409 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3413 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
659
|
3414 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3415 }
|
|
|
3416 break;
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3419 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3420 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3421 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
659
|
3422 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3423 break;
|
|
|
3424
|
|
12
|
3425 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3426 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3427 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3428 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3429 break;
|
|
|
3430 #endif
|
|
|
3431
|
|
477
|
3432 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3433 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3434 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3435 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3436 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
659
|
3437 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
477
|
3438 #endif
|
|
|
3439 break;
|
|
|
3440
|
|
7
|
3441 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3442 /*
|
|
|
3443 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3444 */
|
|
|
3445 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3446 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3447 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3448
|
|
7
|
3449 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3450 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3451 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3452 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3453 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3454 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3455 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3456 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3457 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3458 for (;;)
|
|
|
3459 {
|
|
464
|
3460 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3461
|
|
540
|
3462 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3463 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3464 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3465 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3466 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3467 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3468 else
|
|
659
|
3469 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3470 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3471 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3472 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3473 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3474 {
|
|
667
|
3475 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
3476 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3477 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3478 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3479 }
|
|
|
3480 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
3481 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
3482 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3483 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3484 {
|
|
|
3485 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3486 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3487 break;
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
|
3489
|
|
|
3490 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3491 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3492 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3493 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3494 continue;
|
|
|
3495 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3496 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3497 {
|
|
449
|
3498 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3499 {
|
|
|
3500 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3501 continue;
|
|
|
3502 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3503 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3504 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3507 }
|
|
|
3508 else
|
|
|
3509 {
|
|
449
|
3510 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3513 {
|
|
449
|
3514 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3515 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3516 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3517 continue;
|
|
|
3518 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3519 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3522 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3523 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3524
|
|
449
|
3525 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3526 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3529 {
|
|
|
3530 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3531 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3532 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3533 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3534 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3535 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3536 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3537 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3538 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3539 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3540 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3541 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3542 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3543 {
|
|
419
|
3544 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3545 {
|
|
419
|
3546 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3547 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3548 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3549 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3550 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3551 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3552 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3553 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3554 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3555 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3558 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3559 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3560 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3561 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3562 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3563 }
|
|
|
3564 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3565 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3566 }
|
|
449
|
3567 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3568 continue;
|
|
|
3569 }
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3572 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3573 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3574 {
|
|
|
3575 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3576 break;
|
|
|
3577 }
|
|
|
3578 }
|
|
|
3579 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3580 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3581 }
|
|
540
|
3582
|
|
449
|
3583 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3584 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3585 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3586 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3589 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3590 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3591 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3594 break;
|
|
665
|
3595 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
540
|
3596 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3597 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
3598
|
|
540
|
3599 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3600 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3601 break;
|
|
|
3602 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604 else
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3607 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3608 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3611 }
|
|
449
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3616 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3617 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3620 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3621 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3622 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3625 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3626 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
3627 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3628 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3629 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3630 return i;
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3634 static void
|
|
|
3635 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 int i;
|
|
|
3638
|
|
|
3639 /*
|
|
|
3640 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3641 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3642 */
|
|
449
|
3643 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3644 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3645 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3646 }
|
|
|
3647
|
|
|
3648 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3649 static void
|
|
|
3650 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3651 {
|
|
464
|
3652 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3653 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 /*
|
|
|
3657 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3658 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3659 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3660 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3661 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3662 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3663 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3664 *
|
|
449
|
3665 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3666 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3667 *
|
|
|
3668 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3669 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3670 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3671 */
|
|
|
3672 static int
|
|
665
|
3673 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
3674 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3675 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3676 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
3677 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3680 int i;
|
|
610
|
3681 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3682 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3683 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3684
|
|
665
|
3685 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3686 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
3687 {
|
|
|
3688 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
3689 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
|
3690 while (STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3691 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0
|
|
|
3692 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3693 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3694 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3695 }
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
|
3698 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
3699 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3700 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
3701
|
|
449
|
3702 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3705 * around. */
|
|
|
3706 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3707 {
|
|
|
3708 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3709 {
|
|
|
3710 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3711 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3712 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3713 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3716 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
657
|
3718 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3719 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3720 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3721 }
|
|
|
3722 else
|
|
610
|
3723 {
|
|
|
3724 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
657
|
3725 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3726 return -1;
|
|
|
3727
|
|
659
|
3728 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
657
|
3729 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3730 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3731 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3732 }
|
|
|
3733 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3734 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3735 && STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3736 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0)
|
|
|
3737 ++todo;
|
|
|
3738 else
|
|
|
3739 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3740 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3743 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3744 {
|
|
|
3745 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3746 {
|
|
657
|
3747 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3748 break;
|
|
610
|
3749 }
|
|
657
|
3750 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3751 }
|
|
7
|
3752 }
|
|
|
3753
|
|
665
|
3754 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
3755 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
3756 {
|
|
|
3757 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3758 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3759 else
|
|
|
3760 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3761 }
|
|
|
3762 else
|
|
|
3763 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
540
|
3767 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3768 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3769
|
|
665
|
3770 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
3771 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3772
|
|
540
|
3773 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3774 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3775
|
|
7
|
3776 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3777 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3778 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3779 }
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 /*
|
|
|
3782 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3783 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3784 */
|
|
464
|
3785 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3786 {
|
|
|
3787 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3788 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3789 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3790 i = 0;
|
|
|
3791 else
|
|
|
3792 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3793 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3794 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3795 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3796 }
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3799 }
|
|
|
3800
|
|
|
3801 /*
|
|
|
3802 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3803 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3804 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3805 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3806 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3807 */
|
|
|
3808 void
|
|
464
|
3809 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3810 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3811 {
|
|
|
3812 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3813
|
|
|
3814 int c;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3817 * scripts */
|
|
|
3818 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3819 return;
|
|
|
3820
|
|
|
3821 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3822 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3823 return;
|
|
|
3824 count = 0;
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3827 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3828 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3829 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3830 {
|
|
|
3831 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3834 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
3835 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
3836 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
3837 }
|
|
|
3838 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3839 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3840 }
|
|
|
3841 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
665
|
3842 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
610
|
3843 }
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 /*
|
|
|
3846 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3847 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3848 */
|
|
|
3849 static int
|
|
|
3850 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3851 int c;
|
|
|
3852 {
|
|
665
|
3853 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
3854 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
3855 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
3856 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3857 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859
|
|
|
3860 /*
|
|
644
|
3861 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3862 * is visible.
|
|
|
3863 */
|
|
|
3864 static int
|
|
|
3865 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
3866 int c;
|
|
|
3867 {
|
|
|
3868 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
3869 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
3870 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
3871 }
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 /*
|
|
610
|
3874 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3875 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3876 */
|
|
|
3877 static int
|
|
|
3878 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3879 int c;
|
|
|
3880 {
|
|
|
3881 int h;
|
|
|
3882
|
|
665
|
3883 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
3884 {
|
|
|
3885 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3886 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3887 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3888 return h;
|
|
|
3889 }
|
|
|
3890 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3891 }
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 /*
|
|
|
3894 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3895 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3896 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3897 */
|
|
|
3898 static int
|
|
|
3899 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3900 int c;
|
|
7
|
3901 {
|
|
449
|
3902 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3903 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3904 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3905 int n;
|
|
7
|
3906
|
|
610
|
3907 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3908 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3909 {
|
|
|
3910 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3913 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3914 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3915 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3916 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3917 #endif
|
|
|
3918 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3919 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3922 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3925 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3926 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3927 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3928 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3929 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3930 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3931 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
3932 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
3933 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3934 {
|
|
|
3935 /*
|
|
|
3936 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3937 */
|
|
449
|
3938 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3939 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3940 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3941 {
|
|
449
|
3942 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3943 {
|
|
449
|
3944 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3945 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3946 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3947 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3948 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3949 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3950 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3951 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3952 }
|
|
|
3953 else
|
|
|
3954 {
|
|
|
3955 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3956 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3957 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3958 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3959 {
|
|
449
|
3960 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3961 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3962 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3963 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3964 }
|
|
449
|
3965 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3966 }
|
|
449
|
3967 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3968 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3969 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3970 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3971 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3972 {
|
|
449
|
3973 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3974 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3975 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3976 }
|
|
449
|
3977 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3978 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3979 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3980 }
|
|
|
3981 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3982 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3983 else
|
|
449
|
3984 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3985 }
|
|
|
3986 else
|
|
449
|
3987 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3990 {
|
|
|
3991 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3992 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3993 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3994 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3995 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3996 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3997 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999
|
|
|
4000 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4001 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
449
|
4003 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4004 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
449
|
4006 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4007 {
|
|
449
|
4008 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4009 ;
|
|
449
|
4010 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4011 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4012 }
|
|
|
4013 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4014 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4015 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4016 else
|
|
449
|
4017 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4018 compl_length);
|
|
|
4019 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4020 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4021 }
|
|
449
|
4022 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4023 {
|
|
|
4024 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4025
|
|
|
4026 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4027 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4028 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4029 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4030 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4031 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4032 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4033 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4034 && (
|
|
|
4035 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4036 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4037 #else
|
|
449
|
4038 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4039 #endif
|
|
|
4040 )))
|
|
|
4041 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4042 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4043 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4044 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4045 }
|
|
449
|
4046 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4048 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4049 #else
|
|
449
|
4050 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4051 #endif
|
|
|
4052 )
|
|
|
4053 {
|
|
|
4054 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4055 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4056 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4057 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4058 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4059 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4060 }
|
|
|
4061 else
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4064 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4065 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4066 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4067 {
|
|
|
4068 int base_class;
|
|
|
4069 int head_off;
|
|
|
4070
|
|
449
|
4071 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4072 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4073 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4074 {
|
|
449
|
4075 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4076 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4077 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4078 break;
|
|
449
|
4079 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4080 }
|
|
|
4081 }
|
|
|
4082 else
|
|
|
4083 #endif
|
|
449
|
4084 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4085 ;
|
|
449
|
4086 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4087 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4088 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4089 {
|
|
|
4090 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4091 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4092 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4093 */
|
|
449
|
4094 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4095 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4096 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4097 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4098 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4099 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4100 }
|
|
|
4101 else
|
|
|
4102 {
|
|
449
|
4103 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4104 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4105 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4106 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4107 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4108 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4109 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4110 }
|
|
|
4111 }
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4114 {
|
|
449
|
4115 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
4116 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4117 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4118 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4119 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4120 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4121 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4122 else
|
|
449
|
4123 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4124 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4125 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
449
|
4129 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4130 ;
|
|
449
|
4131 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4132 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4133 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4134 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4135 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4136 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4137 }
|
|
|
4138 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4139 {
|
|
449
|
4140 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4141 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4142 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4143 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4144 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4145 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4146 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
4147 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4148 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4149 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
4150 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4151 }
|
|
523
|
4152 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4153 {
|
|
12
|
4154 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4155 /*
|
|
502
|
4156 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4157 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4158 */
|
|
502
|
4159 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4160 int col;
|
|
502
|
4161 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4162 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4163
|
|
523
|
4164 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4165 * string */
|
|
|
4166 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4167 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4168 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4169 {
|
|
|
4170 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4171 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4172 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4173 }
|
|
452
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4176 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4177 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4178 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4179 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4180
|
|
452
|
4181 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4182 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4183 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4184 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4185 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4188 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4189 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4190 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4191 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4192 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4193 #endif
|
|
449
|
4194 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4195 }
|
|
477
|
4196 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
4199 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4200 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4201 else
|
|
|
4202 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4203 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4204 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4205 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
4206 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4207 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4208 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4209 #endif
|
|
|
4210 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
449
|
4212 else
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4215 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4219 {
|
|
|
4220 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4221 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4222 {
|
|
|
4223 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4224 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4225 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4228 #endif
|
|
449
|
4229 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4230 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4231 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4232 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4233 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4234 #endif
|
|
449
|
4235 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4236 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4237 }
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239 else
|
|
|
4240 {
|
|
|
4241 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4242 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4243 }
|
|
|
4244
|
|
|
4245 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4246 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4247 else
|
|
|
4248 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
4251 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
4252 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
4253 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4254 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
659
|
4255 -1, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4256 {
|
|
|
4257 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4258 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4259 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4260 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4261 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4262 }
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4265 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4266 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4267 */
|
|
|
4268 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4269 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4270 showmode();
|
|
|
4271 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4272 out_flush();
|
|
|
4273 }
|
|
|
4274
|
|
449
|
4275 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4276 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 /*
|
|
665
|
4279 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
4280 */
|
|
667
|
4281 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
449
|
4282
|
|
540
|
4283 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4284 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4285
|
|
449
|
4286 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4287 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4288 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4289 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4290 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4293 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4294 {
|
|
|
4295 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4296 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298
|
|
449
|
4299 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4300 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4301 {
|
|
|
4302 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4303 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4304 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4305 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4306 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4307 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4308 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4309 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4310 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4311 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4312 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4313 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4314 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4315 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4316 }
|
|
|
4317
|
|
464
|
4318 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4319 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4320 else
|
|
449
|
4321 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
464
|
4325 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4328 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
449
|
4330 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4331 {
|
|
|
4332 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4333 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4334 }
|
|
464
|
4335 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4338 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
|
4340 else
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4343 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4344 {
|
|
464
|
4345 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4346 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4347
|
|
449
|
4348 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4351 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4352 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4353 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4354 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4355 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4356 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4357 {
|
|
464
|
4358 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4359 break;
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4362 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4363 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4364 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4365 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4366 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4367 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4372 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4373 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4374 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4375 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4376 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4377 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4378 {
|
|
464
|
4379 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4380 break;
|
|
|
4381 }
|
|
|
4382 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4383 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4384 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4385 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4386 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4387 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4388 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4389 }
|
|
|
4390 }
|
|
|
4391
|
|
540
|
4392 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4393 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4394 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4395 {
|
|
|
4396 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4397 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4398
|
|
449
|
4399 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4400 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4401 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4402 else
|
|
449
|
4403 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4404 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4405 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4406 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4407 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4408 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4409 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411 }
|
|
|
4412 }
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4415 showmode();
|
|
|
4416 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4417 {
|
|
|
4418 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4419 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4420 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4421 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4422 }
|
|
|
4423 else
|
|
|
4424 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4425
|
|
540
|
4426 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4427
|
|
7
|
4428 return OK;
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430
|
|
|
4431 /*
|
|
|
4432 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4433 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4434 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4435 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4436 */
|
|
|
4437 static int
|
|
|
4438 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4439 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4440 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4441 int len;
|
|
|
4442 {
|
|
|
4443 int m;
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4446 {
|
|
|
4447 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4448 {
|
|
|
4449 case '.':
|
|
|
4450 case '*':
|
|
|
4451 case '[':
|
|
|
4452 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4453 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4454 break;
|
|
|
4455 case '~':
|
|
|
4456 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4457 break;
|
|
|
4458 case '\\':
|
|
|
4459 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4460 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4461 break;
|
|
|
4462 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4463 case '$':
|
|
|
4464 m++;
|
|
|
4465 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4466 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4467 break;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4470 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4471 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4472 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4473 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4476
|
|
474
|
4477 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4478 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4479 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 --len;
|
|
|
4482 ++src;
|
|
|
4483 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4484 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4485 }
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
464
|
4487 # endif
|
|
7
|
4488 }
|
|
|
4489 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4490 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 return m;
|
|
|
4493 }
|
|
|
4494 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 /*
|
|
|
4497 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4498 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4499 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4500 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4501 */
|
|
|
4502 int
|
|
|
4503 get_literal()
|
|
|
4504 {
|
|
|
4505 int cc;
|
|
|
4506 int nc;
|
|
|
4507 int i;
|
|
|
4508 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4509 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4511 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4512 #endif
|
|
|
4513
|
|
|
4514 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4515 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4518 /*
|
|
|
4519 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4520 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4521 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4522 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4523 */
|
|
|
4524 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4525 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4526 #endif
|
|
|
4527 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4528 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4529 #endif
|
|
|
4530 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4531 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4532 i = 0;
|
|
|
4533 for (;;)
|
|
|
4534 {
|
|
|
4535 do
|
|
|
4536 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4537 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4538 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4539 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4540 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4541 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4542 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4543 # endif
|
|
|
4544 )
|
|
|
4545 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4546 #endif
|
|
|
4547 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4548 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4549 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4550 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4551 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4552 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4553 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4554 #endif
|
|
|
4555 else
|
|
|
4556 {
|
|
|
4557 if (hex
|
|
|
4558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4559 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4560 #endif
|
|
|
4561 )
|
|
|
4562 {
|
|
|
4563 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4564 break;
|
|
|
4565 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4568 {
|
|
|
4569 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4570 break;
|
|
|
4571 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573 else
|
|
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4576 break;
|
|
|
4577 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 ++i;
|
|
|
4581 }
|
|
|
4582
|
|
|
4583 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4585 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4586 #endif
|
|
|
4587 )
|
|
|
4588 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4589 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4592 {
|
|
|
4593 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4594 break;
|
|
|
4595 }
|
|
|
4596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4597 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4598 {
|
|
|
4599 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4600 break;
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602 #endif
|
|
|
4603 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4604 break;
|
|
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4607 {
|
|
|
4608 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4609 {
|
|
|
4610 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4611 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4612 }
|
|
|
4613 else
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4616 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4617 }
|
|
|
4618 }
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4621 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4623 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4624 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4625 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4626 #endif
|
|
7
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4629 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4630 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4631 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4632 #endif
|
|
|
4633 if (nc)
|
|
|
4634 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4635 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4636 return cc;
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 /*
|
|
|
4640 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4641 */
|
|
|
4642 static void
|
|
|
4643 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4644 int c;
|
|
|
4645 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4646 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
|
4648 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4649 int len;
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 /*
|
|
|
4652 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4653 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4654 * mode.
|
|
|
4655 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4656 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4657 */
|
|
|
4658 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4659 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4660 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4661 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4662 #endif
|
|
|
4663 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4664 {
|
|
|
4665 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4666 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4667 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4668 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4669 {
|
|
|
4670 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4671 return;
|
|
|
4672 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4673 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4674 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4675 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4676 }
|
|
|
4677 }
|
|
|
4678 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4679 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4680 }
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 /*
|
|
|
4683 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4684 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4685 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4686 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4687 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4688 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4689 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4690 */
|
|
|
4691 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4692 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4693 #else
|
|
|
4694 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4695 #endif
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4698 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4699 #else
|
|
|
4700 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4701 #endif
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 void
|
|
|
4704 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4705 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4706 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4707 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4710 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4711 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
4712 #endif
|
|
7
|
4713 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4716 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 /*
|
|
|
4719 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4720 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4721 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4722 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4723 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4724 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4725 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4726 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4727 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4728 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4729 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4730 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4731 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4732 */
|
|
667
|
4733 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
4734 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4735 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4736 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4737 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4738 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4739 #endif
|
|
|
4740 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4741 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4742 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4743 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4744 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4745 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4746 ))))))
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
667
|
4748 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
4749 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
4750 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
4751 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex == NUL
|
|
|
4752 || fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L) != 0)
|
|
|
4753 #endif
|
|
|
4754 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756
|
|
7
|
4757 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4758 return;
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4761 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4762 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4765 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4766 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4767 int i;
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 /*
|
|
|
4770 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4771 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4772 */
|
|
|
4773 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4774 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4777 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4778 ++p;
|
|
|
4779 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4780 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4781 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4782 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4785 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4786 ++p;
|
|
|
4787 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4790 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4791 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4792 ;
|
|
|
4793 i++;
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4796 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4799 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4800 {
|
|
|
4801 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4802 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4803
|
|
|
4804 /*
|
|
|
4805 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4806 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4807 */
|
|
|
4808 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4809 }
|
|
|
4810 }
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4813 #endif
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4816 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4817 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4818 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4819 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4820 #endif
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 /*
|
|
|
4823 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4824 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4825 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4826 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4827 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4828 */
|
|
|
4829 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4830 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4831 #endif
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4835 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4836 #endif
|
|
|
4837 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4838 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4839 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4840 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4841 #endif
|
|
|
4842 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4843 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4844 #endif
|
|
|
4845 )
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
|
4847 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4848 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4849 int i;
|
|
|
4850 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4853 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
4854 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
4855 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4856 /*
|
|
|
4857 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4858 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4859 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4860 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4861 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4862 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4863 */
|
|
|
4864 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4865 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4866 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4867 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4868 #endif
|
|
|
4869 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4870 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4871 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4872 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4873 {
|
|
|
4874 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4875 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4876 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4877 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4878 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4879 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4880 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4881 # endif
|
|
|
4882 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4883 #else
|
|
|
4884 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4885 #endif
|
|
|
4886 }
|
|
|
4887
|
|
|
4888 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4889 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4890 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4891 #endif
|
|
|
4892 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4893 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4894 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4895 {
|
|
|
4896 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4897 i = 1;
|
|
|
4898 }
|
|
|
4899 else
|
|
|
4900 i = 0;
|
|
|
4901 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
4902 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
4903 }
|
|
|
4904 else
|
|
|
4905 {
|
|
|
4906 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
4907 int cc;
|
|
|
4908
|
|
7
|
4909 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4912
|
|
|
4913 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4914 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4915 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4916 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918 else
|
|
|
4919 #endif
|
|
|
4920 {
|
|
|
4921 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4922 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4923 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4924 else
|
|
|
4925 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927 }
|
|
|
4928 }
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 /*
|
|
667
|
4931 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
4932 */
|
|
|
4933 static void
|
|
|
4934 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
4935 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4936 int second_indent;
|
|
|
4937 int flags;
|
|
|
4938 int format_only;
|
|
|
4939 {
|
|
|
4940 int cc;
|
|
|
4941 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4942 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4943 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4944 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4945 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4946 #endif
|
|
|
4947 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4948 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4949 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4950 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4951 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4952 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4953 #endif
|
|
|
4954
|
|
|
4955 /*
|
|
|
4956 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4957 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4958 */
|
|
|
4959 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4960 {
|
|
|
4961 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4962 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4963 {
|
|
|
4964 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4965 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967 }
|
|
|
4968
|
|
|
4969 /*
|
|
|
4970 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4971 */
|
|
|
4972 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4975 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4976 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4977 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4978 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4979 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4980 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4981 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4982 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4983 #endif
|
|
|
4984 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4985
|
|
|
4986 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4987 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4988 break;
|
|
|
4989
|
|
|
4990 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4991 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4992 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4993 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4994 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4995 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4998 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4999 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5000 else
|
|
|
5001 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5004 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5005 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5006 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5007 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5008 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5009 #endif
|
|
|
5010 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5011 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5012 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5013 #endif
|
|
|
5014 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 {
|
|
|
5017 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5018 break;
|
|
|
5019 }
|
|
|
5020 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5021 break;
|
|
|
5022
|
|
|
5023 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5024 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5025 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5029 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5030 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5031 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5032 #endif
|
|
|
5033 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 /*
|
|
|
5036 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5037 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5038 */
|
|
|
5039 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5040 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5041 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5042 {
|
|
|
5043 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5044 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5045 {
|
|
|
5046 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5047 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5050 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5051 {
|
|
|
5052 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5053 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5056 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5057 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5058 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5059 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5060 break;
|
|
|
5061 #endif
|
|
|
5062 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5063 {
|
|
|
5064 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5065 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5066 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5067
|
|
|
5068 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5069 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5070 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5073 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5074 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5075 }
|
|
|
5076 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5077 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5078 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5079 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5080 else
|
|
|
5081 #endif
|
|
|
5082 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5083 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5084 break;
|
|
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5087 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5088 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5089 {
|
|
|
5090 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5091 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5092 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5093 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5094 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5095 break;
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097 #endif
|
|
|
5098 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5099 break;
|
|
|
5100 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5101 }
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5104 {
|
|
|
5105 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5106 break;
|
|
|
5107 }
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5110 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 /*
|
|
|
5113 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5114 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5115 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5116 */
|
|
|
5117 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5118 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5119 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5120 else
|
|
|
5121 #endif
|
|
|
5122 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 /*
|
|
|
5125 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5126 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5127 */
|
|
|
5128 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5129 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5130 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5131 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5132 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5133 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5136 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5137 {
|
|
|
5138 /*
|
|
|
5139 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5140 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5141 */
|
|
|
5142 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5143 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5144 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5145 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5146 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5149 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5150 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152 else
|
|
|
5153 #endif
|
|
|
5154 {
|
|
|
5155 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5156 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5157 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5158 }
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 /*
|
|
|
5161 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5162 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5163 */
|
|
|
5164 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5165 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5166 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5167 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5168 #endif
|
|
|
5169 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5170 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5173 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5174 {
|
|
|
5175 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5176 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5177 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5178 {
|
|
|
5179 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5180 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5181 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
5182 else
|
|
|
5183 #endif
|
|
|
5184 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5185 }
|
|
|
5186 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5187 }
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5190 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5191 {
|
|
|
5192 /*
|
|
|
5193 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5194 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5195 */
|
|
|
5196 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
5197 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
5198 }
|
|
|
5199 else
|
|
|
5200 #endif
|
|
|
5201 {
|
|
|
5202 /*
|
|
|
5203 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
5204 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
5205 */
|
|
|
5206 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
5207 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5208 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
5209 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
5210 }
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
5213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5214 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
5215 #endif
|
|
|
5216 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
5217 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5218 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5219 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5220 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5221 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5222 #endif
|
|
|
5223 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
5224 }
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5227 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5230 {
|
|
|
5231 update_topline();
|
|
|
5232 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5233 }
|
|
|
5234 }
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 /*
|
|
7
|
5237 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5238 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5239 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5240 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5241 * saved here.
|
|
|
5242 */
|
|
|
5243 void
|
|
|
5244 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5245 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5246 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5247 {
|
|
|
5248 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5249 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5250 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5251 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5252 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5253 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5254
|
|
|
5255 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5256 return;
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5259 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5262 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5265 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5266 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5267 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5268 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5269 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5270 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5271 {
|
|
|
5272 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5273 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5274 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5275 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5276 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5277 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5278 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5281 return;
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5287 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5288 * comments. */
|
|
|
5289 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5290 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5291 return;
|
|
|
5292 #endif
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 /*
|
|
|
5295 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5296 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5297 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5298 */
|
|
|
5299 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5302 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5303 return;
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 /*
|
|
|
5307 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5308 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5309 */
|
|
|
5310 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5311 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5312 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5313 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5316 {
|
|
|
5317 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5318 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5319 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5320 }
|
|
|
5321 else
|
|
|
5322 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5325 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5326 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5327 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5328 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5329 {
|
|
|
5330 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5331 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5332 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
|
5334 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5335 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5336 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5337 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5338 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5339 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5340 }
|
|
|
5341 else
|
|
|
5342 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5343 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5344 }
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5347 }
|
|
|
5348
|
|
|
5349 /*
|
|
|
5350 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5351 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5352 * position.
|
|
|
5353 */
|
|
|
5354 static void
|
|
|
5355 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5356 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5359 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5360
|
|
|
5361 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5362 {
|
|
301
|
5363 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5364 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5365 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5366 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5367 else
|
|
|
5368 {
|
|
|
5369 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5372 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5373 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5374 }
|
|
|
5375 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5376 {
|
|
|
5377 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5378 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5379 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5380 }
|
|
|
5381 }
|
|
|
5382 }
|
|
|
5383 }
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 /*
|
|
|
5386 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5387 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5388 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5389 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5390 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5391 */
|
|
|
5392 int
|
|
|
5393 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5394 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5395 {
|
|
|
5396 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5399 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5402 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5403 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5404 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5405 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5406 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5407 #endif
|
|
|
5408 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5409 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5410 #endif
|
|
|
5411 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5412 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5413 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5414 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5415 # endif
|
|
|
5416 )
|
|
|
5417 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5418 #endif
|
|
|
5419 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5420 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5423 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5424 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5425 {
|
|
|
5426 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5427 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5428 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5429 }
|
|
|
5430 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5431 }
|
|
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 /*
|
|
|
5434 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5435 */
|
|
|
5436 static void
|
|
|
5437 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5438 int c;
|
|
|
5439 {
|
|
|
5440 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5443 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5444 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5447 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5448 }
|
|
|
5449 else
|
|
|
5450 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5451 }
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 /*
|
|
|
5454 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5455 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5456 */
|
|
|
5457 static void
|
|
|
5458 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5459 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5462 {
|
|
|
5463 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5464 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5465 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5466 }
|
|
221
|
5467 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5468 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5469 #endif
|
|
7
|
5470 }
|
|
|
5471
|
|
221
|
5472 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5473 /*
|
|
|
5474 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5475 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5476 */
|
|
|
5477 static void
|
|
|
5478 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5481 {
|
|
|
5482 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5485 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5486 }
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
484
|
5488
|
|
|
5489 /*
|
|
|
5490 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5491 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5492 */
|
|
|
5493 static void
|
|
|
5494 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5497
|
|
499
|
5498 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5499 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5500 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5501 }
|
|
221
|
5502 #endif
|
|
|
5503
|
|
7
|
5504 /*
|
|
|
5505 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5506 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5507 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5508 */
|
|
|
5509 int
|
|
|
5510 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5515 {
|
|
|
5516 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5517 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5520 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5521 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5522 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5523 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5524 {
|
|
|
5525 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5526 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5527 }
|
|
|
5528 #endif
|
|
|
5529 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5530 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5531 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5534 {
|
|
|
5535 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5536 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5537 }
|
|
|
5538
|
|
|
5539 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5540 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5541 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5542 #endif
|
|
|
5543
|
|
|
5544 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 /*
|
|
|
5548 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5549 */
|
|
|
5550 static void
|
|
|
5551 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5552 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5553 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5554 {
|
|
603
|
5555 int cc;
|
|
|
5556 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5559 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 /*
|
|
603
|
5562 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5563 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5564 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5565 */
|
|
603
|
5566 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5567 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5568 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5569 {
|
|
|
5570 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5571 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5572 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
|
5574 else
|
|
|
5575 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5578 {
|
|
|
5579 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5580 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5581 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5582 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5583 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5584 {
|
|
10
|
5585 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5586
|
|
7
|
5587 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5588 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5589 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5590 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5591 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5594 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5595 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5596 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598
|
|
|
5599 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5600
|
|
10
|
5601 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5602 {
|
|
|
5603 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5604 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5605 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5606 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5607 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5608 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5609 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5610 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5611 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5612 #endif
|
|
|
5613 }
|
|
7
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5617 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5620 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5621 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5622 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5623 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5624 {
|
|
10
|
5625 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5628 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5629 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5630 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5631 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5632 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5633 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5634 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5635 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5638 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5639 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5640 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5641 {
|
|
|
5642 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5643 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5644 {
|
|
|
5645 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5646 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5647 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5648 # endif
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650 }
|
|
|
5651 #endif
|
|
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653 }
|
|
|
5654 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5655 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5656 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5657 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5658 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5659 #endif
|
|
|
5660
|
|
|
5661 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5662 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5663 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 /*
|
|
|
5667 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5668 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5669 */
|
|
|
5670 void
|
|
|
5671 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5672 int c;
|
|
|
5673 {
|
|
|
5674 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5675
|
|
|
5676 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5678 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5679 #else
|
|
|
5680 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5681 #endif
|
|
|
5682 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5683 {
|
|
|
5684 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5685 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5686 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5687 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5688 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5689 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5690 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5691 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5692 }
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694
|
|
359
|
5695 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5696 void
|
|
|
5697 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5698 {
|
|
|
5699 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5700 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
|
5702 #endif
|
|
|
5703
|
|
7
|
5704 /*
|
|
|
5705 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5706 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5707 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5708 */
|
|
|
5709 char_u *
|
|
|
5710 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5711 int c;
|
|
|
5712 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5715 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5716 int i;
|
|
|
5717 int len;
|
|
|
5718
|
|
|
5719 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5720 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5721 {
|
|
|
5722 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5723 #endif
|
|
|
5724 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5725 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5728 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5729 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5730 }
|
|
|
5731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5732 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5733 {
|
|
|
5734 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5735 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5736 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5737 }
|
|
|
5738 #endif
|
|
|
5739 else
|
|
|
5740 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5742 }
|
|
|
5743 #endif
|
|
|
5744 return s;
|
|
|
5745 }
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 /*
|
|
|
5748 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5749 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5750 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5751 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5752 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5753 */
|
|
|
5754 void
|
|
|
5755 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5756 int flags;
|
|
|
5757 {
|
|
|
5758 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5759 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5760 else
|
|
|
5761 {
|
|
|
5762 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5763 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5764 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5765 #endif
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5768 {
|
|
|
5769 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5772 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5773 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5774 }
|
|
|
5775 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5776 }
|
|
|
5777 }
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 /*
|
|
|
5780 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5781 *
|
|
|
5782 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5783 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5784 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5785 */
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 int
|
|
|
5788 oneright()
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5791 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5792 int l;
|
|
|
5793 #endif
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5796 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5797 {
|
|
|
5798 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5801 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5802 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5803 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5804 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5805 #else
|
|
|
5806 *ptr
|
|
|
5807 #endif
|
|
|
5808 ))
|
|
|
5809 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5810 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5811 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5812 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5813 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5814 }
|
|
|
5815 #endif
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5819 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5820 {
|
|
|
5821 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5822 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5823 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5824 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5825 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827 else
|
|
|
5828 #endif
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5831 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5832 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5833 }
|
|
|
5834
|
|
|
5835 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5836 return OK;
|
|
|
5837 }
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 int
|
|
|
5840 oneleft()
|
|
|
5841 {
|
|
|
5842 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5843 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5844 {
|
|
|
5845 int width;
|
|
|
5846 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5849 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5852 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5853 width = 1;
|
|
|
5854 for (;;)
|
|
|
5855 {
|
|
|
5856 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5857 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5858 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5859 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5860 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5861 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5862 # endif
|
|
|
5863 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5864 break;
|
|
|
5865 ++width;
|
|
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867 # else
|
|
|
5868 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5869 # endif
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5872 {
|
|
|
5873 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5876 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5877 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5878 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5879 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5880 # else
|
|
|
5881 *ptr
|
|
|
5882 # endif
|
|
|
5883 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5884 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5885 }
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5888 return OK;
|
|
|
5889 }
|
|
|
5890 #endif
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5893 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5896 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5899 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5900 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5901 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5902 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5903 #endif
|
|
|
5904 return OK;
|
|
|
5905 }
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 int
|
|
|
5908 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5909 long n;
|
|
|
5910 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5911 {
|
|
|
5912 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5915 {
|
|
|
5916 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5917 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5918 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5919 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5920 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5921 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5922 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5923 else
|
|
|
5924 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5925 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5926 {
|
|
|
5927 /*
|
|
|
5928 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5929 */
|
|
|
5930 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5931 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5932
|
|
|
5933 while (n--)
|
|
|
5934 {
|
|
|
5935 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5936 --lnum;
|
|
|
5937 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5938 break;
|
|
|
5939 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5940 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5941 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5942 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5943 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5944 }
|
|
|
5945 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5946 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5947 }
|
|
|
5948 else
|
|
|
5949 #endif
|
|
|
5950 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5951 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5952 }
|
|
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5955 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5958 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 return OK;
|
|
|
5961 }
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 /*
|
|
|
5964 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5965 */
|
|
|
5966 int
|
|
|
5967 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5968 long n;
|
|
|
5969 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5970 {
|
|
|
5971 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5972
|
|
|
5973 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5974 {
|
|
|
5975 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5976 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5977 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5978 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5979 #endif
|
|
161
|
5980 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5981 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5982 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5983 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5984 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5985 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5986 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5987 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5988 else
|
|
|
5989 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5990 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5991 {
|
|
|
5992 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5995 while (n--)
|
|
|
5996 {
|
|
|
5997 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5998 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5999 else
|
|
|
6000 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6001 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6002 break;
|
|
|
6003 }
|
|
|
6004 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6005 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6006 }
|
|
|
6007 else
|
|
|
6008 #endif
|
|
|
6009 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6010 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6011 }
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6014 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6017 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 return OK;
|
|
|
6020 }
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 /*
|
|
|
6023 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6024 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6025 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6026 */
|
|
|
6027 int
|
|
|
6028 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6029 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6030 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6031 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6032 {
|
|
|
6033 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6034 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6035 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6036 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6039 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6040 {
|
|
|
6041 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6042 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6043 }
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6046 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6047 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6048 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6049 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6052 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6053 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6054 */
|
|
|
6055 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6056 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6057 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6058 {
|
|
|
6059 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6060 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6061 }
|
|
|
6062
|
|
|
6063 do
|
|
|
6064 {
|
|
|
6065 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6066 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6067 if (last)
|
|
|
6068 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6069 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6070 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6071 }
|
|
|
6072 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6073
|
|
|
6074 if (last)
|
|
|
6075 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6078 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6081 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6082 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 return OK;
|
|
|
6085 }
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 char_u *
|
|
|
6088 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6089 {
|
|
|
6090 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6091 return NULL;
|
|
|
6092 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6093 }
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 /*
|
|
|
6096 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6097 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6098 */
|
|
|
6099 char_u *
|
|
|
6100 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6101 {
|
|
|
6102 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6103 int len;
|
|
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6106 return NULL;
|
|
|
6107 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6108 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6109 {
|
|
|
6110 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6111 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6112 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6113 }
|
|
|
6114 return s;
|
|
|
6115 }
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 /*
|
|
|
6118 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6119 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6120 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6121 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6122 */
|
|
|
6123 static int
|
|
|
6124 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6125 int c;
|
|
|
6126 {
|
|
|
6127 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6128 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6129 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6130 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6131
|
|
|
6132 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6133 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6134 }
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 /*
|
|
|
6137 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6138 *
|
|
|
6139 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6140 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6141 *
|
|
|
6142 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6143 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6144 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6145 *
|
|
|
6146 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6147 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6148 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6149 *
|
|
|
6150 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6151 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6152 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6153 */
|
|
|
6154
|
|
298
|
6155 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6156 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6157 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6158
|
|
|
6159 void
|
|
|
6160 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6161 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6162 {
|
|
|
6163 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6166 return;
|
|
|
6167 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6168 {
|
|
|
6169 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6170 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6171 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6172 {
|
|
|
6173 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6174 return;
|
|
|
6175 }
|
|
|
6176 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6177 {
|
|
|
6178 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6179 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6180 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6181 }
|
|
|
6182 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6183 }
|
|
|
6184 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6185 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6186 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6187 *p = c;
|
|
|
6188 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6189 }
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 /*
|
|
|
6192 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6193 */
|
|
|
6194 static void
|
|
|
6195 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6196 int c;
|
|
|
6197 {
|
|
|
6198 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6199
|
|
|
6200 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6201 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6202 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6203 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6204 break;
|
|
|
6205 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6206 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6207 }
|
|
|
6208
|
|
|
6209 /*
|
|
|
6210 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6211 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6212 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6213 */
|
|
|
6214 static int
|
|
|
6215 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6216 {
|
|
|
6217 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6218 return -1;
|
|
|
6219 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6220 }
|
|
|
6221
|
|
|
6222 /*
|
|
|
6223 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6224 * encountered.
|
|
|
6225 */
|
|
|
6226 static void
|
|
|
6227 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6228 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6229 {
|
|
|
6230 int i;
|
|
|
6231
|
|
|
6232 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6233 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6234 {
|
|
|
6235 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6236 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6237 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6238 return;
|
|
|
6239 }
|
|
|
6240 }
|
|
|
6241
|
|
|
6242 /*
|
|
|
6243 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6244 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6245 */
|
|
|
6246 static void
|
|
|
6247 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6248 {
|
|
|
6249 int cc;
|
|
|
6250 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6253 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6254 {
|
|
|
6255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6256 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6257 #else
|
|
|
6258 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6259 #endif
|
|
|
6260 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6261 }
|
|
|
6262 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6263 }
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6266 /*
|
|
|
6267 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6268 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6269 */
|
|
|
6270 static void
|
|
|
6271 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6272 int cc;
|
|
|
6273 {
|
|
|
6274 int n;
|
|
|
6275 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6276 int i;
|
|
|
6277 int c;
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6280 {
|
|
|
6281 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6282 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6283 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6284 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6285 }
|
|
|
6286 else
|
|
|
6287 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6290 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6291 for (;;)
|
|
|
6292 {
|
|
|
6293 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6294 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6295 break;
|
|
|
6296 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6297 {
|
|
|
6298 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6299 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6300 break;
|
|
|
6301 }
|
|
|
6302 else
|
|
|
6303 {
|
|
|
6304 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6305 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6306 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6307 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6308 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6309 else
|
|
|
6310 {
|
|
|
6311 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6312 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6313 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6314 break;
|
|
|
6315 }
|
|
|
6316 }
|
|
|
6317 }
|
|
|
6318 }
|
|
|
6319 #endif
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 /*
|
|
|
6322 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6323 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6324 */
|
|
|
6325 static void
|
|
|
6326 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6327 {
|
|
|
6328 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6329 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6330 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6331 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6332 }
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 /*
|
|
|
6335 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6336 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6337 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6338 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6339 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6340 */
|
|
|
6341 static void
|
|
|
6342 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6343 {
|
|
|
6344 int cc;
|
|
|
6345 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6346 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6347 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6348 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6349 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6350 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6351 int i;
|
|
|
6352 int vcol;
|
|
|
6353 #endif
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6356 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6357 {
|
|
|
6358 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6359 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6360 {
|
|
|
6361 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6362 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6363 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6364 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6365 }
|
|
|
6366 #endif
|
|
|
6367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6368 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6369 {
|
|
|
6370 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6371 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6372 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6373 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6374 # endif
|
|
|
6375 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6376 }
|
|
|
6377 else
|
|
|
6378 #endif
|
|
|
6379 {
|
|
|
6380 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6381 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6382 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6383 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6384 #endif
|
|
|
6385 }
|
|
|
6386 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6389 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6390 {
|
|
|
6391 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6392 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6393 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6394 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6395 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6396 {
|
|
|
6397 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6399 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6400 #endif
|
|
|
6401 }
|
|
|
6402 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6403
|
|
|
6404 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6405 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6406 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6407 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6408 {
|
|
|
6409 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6410 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6411 }
|
|
|
6412 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6413 }
|
|
|
6414 #endif
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6417 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6418 }
|
|
|
6419 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6420 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6421 }
|
|
|
6422
|
|
|
6423 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6424 /*
|
|
|
6425 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6426 */
|
|
|
6427 static int
|
|
|
6428 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6431 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6432 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6433 # endif
|
|
|
6434 ));
|
|
|
6435 }
|
|
|
6436 #endif
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6439 /*
|
|
|
6440 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6441 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6442 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6443 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6444 */
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 void
|
|
|
6447 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6448 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6449 {
|
|
|
6450 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6451 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6452 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454
|
|
|
6455 void
|
|
|
6456 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6457 {
|
|
|
6458 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6459 return;
|
|
|
6460 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6461 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6462 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6463 # endif
|
|
|
6464 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6465 else
|
|
|
6466 # endif
|
|
|
6467 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6468 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6469 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6470 # endif
|
|
|
6471 }
|
|
|
6472
|
|
|
6473 #endif
|
|
|
6474
|
|
|
6475 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6476 /*
|
|
|
6477 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6478 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6479 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6480 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6481 *
|
|
|
6482 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6483 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6484 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6485 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6486 *
|
|
|
6487 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6488 */
|
|
|
6489 int
|
|
|
6490 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6491 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6492 int when;
|
|
|
6493 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6494 {
|
|
|
6495 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6496 int try_match;
|
|
|
6497 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6498 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6499 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6500 int icase;
|
|
|
6501 int i;
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6504 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6505 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6506 else
|
|
|
6507 #endif
|
|
|
6508 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6509 while (*look)
|
|
|
6510 {
|
|
|
6511 /*
|
|
|
6512 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6513 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6514 */
|
|
|
6515 switch (when)
|
|
|
6516 {
|
|
|
6517 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6518 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6519 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6520 }
|
|
|
6521 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6522 ++look;
|
|
|
6523
|
|
|
6524 /*
|
|
|
6525 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6526 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6527 */
|
|
|
6528 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6529 {
|
|
|
6530 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6531 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6532 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6533 ++look;
|
|
|
6534 }
|
|
|
6535 else
|
|
|
6536 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6537
|
|
|
6538 /*
|
|
|
6539 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6540 */
|
|
|
6541 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6542 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6543 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6544 #else
|
|
|
6545 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6546 #endif
|
|
|
6547 )
|
|
|
6548 {
|
|
|
6549 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6550 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6551 look += 2;
|
|
|
6552 }
|
|
|
6553 /*
|
|
|
6554 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6555 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6556 */
|
|
|
6557 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6558 {
|
|
|
6559 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6560 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6561 ++look;
|
|
|
6562 }
|
|
|
6563 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6566 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6567 ++look;
|
|
|
6568 }
|
|
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 /*
|
|
|
6571 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6572 * cursor.
|
|
|
6573 */
|
|
|
6574 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6575 {
|
|
|
6576 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6579 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6580 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6581 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6582 }
|
|
|
6583 ++look;
|
|
|
6584 }
|
|
|
6585
|
|
|
6586 /*
|
|
|
6587 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6588 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6589 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6590 */
|
|
|
6591 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6592 {
|
|
|
6593 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6594 {
|
|
|
6595 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6596 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6597 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6598 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6599 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6600 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6601 {
|
|
|
6602 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6603 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6604 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6605 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6606 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6607 if (i)
|
|
|
6608 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6609 }
|
|
|
6610 }
|
|
|
6611 ++look;
|
|
|
6612 }
|
|
|
6613
|
|
|
6614
|
|
|
6615 /*
|
|
|
6616 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6617 */
|
|
|
6618 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6619 {
|
|
|
6620 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6621 {
|
|
|
6622 /*
|
|
|
6623 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6624 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6625 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6626 */
|
|
|
6627 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6628 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6629 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6632 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6633 }
|
|
|
6634 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6635 look++;
|
|
|
6636 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6637 look++;
|
|
|
6638 }
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 /*
|
|
|
6641 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6642 */
|
|
|
6643 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6644 {
|
|
|
6645 ++look;
|
|
|
6646 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6647 {
|
|
|
6648 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6649 ++look;
|
|
|
6650 }
|
|
|
6651 else
|
|
|
6652 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6653 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6654 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6655 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6656 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6657 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6658 {
|
|
|
6659 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6662 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6663 {
|
|
|
6664 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6667 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6668 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6669 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6670 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6675 {
|
|
|
6676 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6677 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6678 break;
|
|
|
6679 }
|
|
|
6680 }
|
|
|
6681 else
|
|
|
6682 # endif
|
|
|
6683 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6684 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6685 break;
|
|
|
6686 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6687 && (icase
|
|
|
6688 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6689 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6690 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6691 }
|
|
|
6692 else
|
|
|
6693 #endif
|
|
|
6694 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6695 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6696 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6697 {
|
|
|
6698 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6699 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6700 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6701 && (icase
|
|
|
6702 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6703 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6704 == 0)
|
|
|
6705 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6706 }
|
|
|
6707 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6708 {
|
|
|
6709 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6710 * word. */
|
|
|
6711 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6712 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6713 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6714 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6715 }
|
|
|
6716 if (match)
|
|
|
6717 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6718 }
|
|
|
6719 look = p;
|
|
|
6720 }
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 /*
|
|
|
6723 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6724 */
|
|
|
6725 else
|
|
|
6726 {
|
|
|
6727 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6728 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6729 ++look;
|
|
|
6730 }
|
|
|
6731
|
|
|
6732 /*
|
|
|
6733 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6734 */
|
|
|
6735 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6736 }
|
|
|
6737 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6740
|
|
|
6741 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6742 /*
|
|
|
6743 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6744 */
|
|
|
6745 int
|
|
|
6746 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6747 int c;
|
|
|
6748 {
|
|
|
6749 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6750 {
|
|
|
6751 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6752 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6753 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6754 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6755 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6756 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6757 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6758 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6759 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6760 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6761 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6762 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6763 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6766 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6767 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6768 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6769 return 'X';
|
|
|
6770 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6771 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6772 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6773 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6774 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6775 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6776 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6777 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6778 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6779 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6780 #else
|
|
|
6781 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6782 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6783 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6784 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6785 */
|
|
|
6786 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6787 #endif
|
|
|
6788 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6789 else
|
|
|
6790 return c;
|
|
|
6791 }
|
|
|
6792 else
|
|
|
6793 {
|
|
|
6794 switch (c)
|
|
|
6795 {
|
|
|
6796 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6797 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6798 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6799 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6800 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6801
|
|
|
6802 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6803 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6804 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6805 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6806 default: {
|
|
|
6807 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6810 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6811 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6812 #else
|
|
|
6813 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6814 #endif
|
|
|
6815 return c;
|
|
|
6816 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6817 break;
|
|
|
6818 }
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6822 }
|
|
|
6823 }
|
|
|
6824 #endif
|
|
|
6825
|
|
|
6826 static void
|
|
|
6827 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6828 {
|
|
|
6829 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6830 int regname;
|
|
|
6831 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6832
|
|
|
6833 /*
|
|
|
6834 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6835 */
|
|
|
6836 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6837 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6838 {
|
|
|
6839 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
6840 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6841
|
|
|
6842 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6843 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6844 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6845 #endif
|
|
|
6846 }
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6849 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6850 #endif
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 /*
|
|
|
6853 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6854 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6855 */
|
|
|
6856 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6857 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6858 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6859 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6860 #endif
|
|
|
6861 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6862 {
|
|
|
6863 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6864 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6865 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6866 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6867 #endif
|
|
|
6868 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6869 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6870 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6871 #endif
|
|
|
6872 }
|
|
|
6873 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6874
|
|
|
6875 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6876 /*
|
|
|
6877 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6878 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6879 */
|
|
|
6880 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6881 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6882 {
|
|
133
|
6883 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6884 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6885 # endif
|
|
7
|
6886 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6887 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6888 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6889 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6890 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6891 # endif
|
|
7
|
6892 }
|
|
140
|
6893 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6894 {
|
|
|
6895 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6896 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6897 }
|
|
7
|
6898 else
|
|
|
6899 {
|
|
|
6900 #endif
|
|
|
6901 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6902 {
|
|
|
6903 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6904 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6905 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6906 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6907
|
|
|
6908 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6909 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6910 }
|
|
|
6911 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6912 {
|
|
|
6913 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6914 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6915 }
|
|
133
|
6916 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6917 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6918 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6919 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6920 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6921
|
|
7
|
6922 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6923 }
|
|
|
6924 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6925 #endif
|
|
|
6926 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6927 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6928 #endif
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6931 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6932 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6933 }
|
|
|
6934
|
|
|
6935 /*
|
|
|
6936 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6937 */
|
|
|
6938 static void
|
|
|
6939 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6940 {
|
|
|
6941 int c;
|
|
|
6942
|
|
|
6943 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6944 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6945 setcursor();
|
|
|
6946 #endif
|
|
|
6947
|
|
|
6948 /*
|
|
|
6949 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6950 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6951 */
|
|
|
6952 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6953 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6954 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6955 switch (c)
|
|
|
6956 {
|
|
|
6957 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6958 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6959 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6960 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6961 break;
|
|
|
6962
|
|
|
6963 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6964 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6965 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6966 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6967 break;
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6970 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6971 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6974 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6975 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6976 break;
|
|
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6979 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6980 }
|
|
|
6981 }
|
|
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 /*
|
|
449
|
6984 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6985 */
|
|
|
6986 static void
|
|
|
6987 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6988 {
|
|
|
6989 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6990 {
|
|
|
6991 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6992 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6993 {
|
|
|
6994 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6995 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6996 }
|
|
|
6997 else
|
|
|
6998 {
|
|
|
6999 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7000 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7001 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7002 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7003 #endif
|
|
|
7004 }
|
|
|
7005 }
|
|
|
7006 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7007 else
|
|
|
7008 {
|
|
|
7009 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7010 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7013 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7014 }
|
|
|
7015 else
|
|
|
7016 {
|
|
|
7017 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7018 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7019 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7020 }
|
|
|
7021 }
|
|
|
7022 #endif
|
|
|
7023 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7024 showmode();
|
|
|
7025 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7026 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7027 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7028 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7029 #endif
|
|
|
7030 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7031 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7032 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7033 #endif
|
|
|
7034 }
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 /*
|
|
7
|
7037 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7038 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7039 * insert.
|
|
|
7040 */
|
|
|
7041 static int
|
|
477
|
7042 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7043 long *count;
|
|
|
7044 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7045 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7046 {
|
|
|
7047 int temp;
|
|
|
7048 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7049
|
|
449
|
7050 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
7051 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7052 #endif
|
|
7
|
7053 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7054 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7055 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7056 # endif
|
|
|
7057 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7058 {
|
|
|
7059 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7060 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7061 }
|
|
|
7062 #endif
|
|
|
7063
|
|
|
7064 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7065 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7066 {
|
|
|
7067 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7068 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7069 }
|
|
|
7070 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7071 {
|
|
|
7072 /*
|
|
|
7073 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7074 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7075 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7076 */
|
|
|
7077 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7078 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7079
|
|
|
7080 /*
|
|
|
7081 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7082 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7083 */
|
|
|
7084 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7085 {
|
|
|
7086 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7087 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7088 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7092 {
|
|
164
|
7093 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7094 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7095 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7096
|
|
7
|
7097 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7098 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7099 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7100 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7101 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7102 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7103 }
|
|
|
7104 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7105 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7106 }
|
|
|
7107
|
|
|
7108 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7109 * indent */
|
|
|
7110 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7111 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7112
|
|
|
7113 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7114 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7115 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 /*
|
|
|
7118 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7119 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7120 */
|
|
477
|
7121 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7122 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7123 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7124 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7125 #endif
|
|
477
|
7126 )
|
|
|
7127 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7128 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7129 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7130 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7131 #endif
|
|
|
7132 ))
|
|
7
|
7133 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7134 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7135 #endif
|
|
|
7136 )
|
|
|
7137 {
|
|
|
7138 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7139 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7140 {
|
|
|
7141 oneleft();
|
|
|
7142 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7143 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7144 }
|
|
|
7145 else
|
|
|
7146 #endif
|
|
|
7147 {
|
|
|
7148 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7150 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7151 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7152 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7153 #endif
|
|
|
7154 }
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156
|
|
|
7157 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7158 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7159 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7160 * well). */
|
|
|
7161 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7162 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7163 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7164 #endif
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7167 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7168 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7169
|
|
|
7170 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7171 setmouse();
|
|
|
7172 #endif
|
|
|
7173 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7174 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7175 #endif
|
|
|
7176
|
|
|
7177 /*
|
|
|
7178 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7179 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7180 */
|
|
|
7181 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7182 showmode();
|
|
|
7183 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7184 MSG("");
|
|
|
7185
|
|
|
7186 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7187 }
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7190 /*
|
|
|
7191 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7192 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7193 */
|
|
|
7194 static void
|
|
|
7195 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7196 {
|
|
|
7197 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7198 {
|
|
|
7199 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7200 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7201 }
|
|
|
7202 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7203 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7204 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7205 {
|
|
|
7206 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7207 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7208 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7209 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7210 }
|
|
|
7211 else
|
|
|
7212 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7213 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7214 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7215 {
|
|
|
7216 /*
|
|
|
7217 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7218 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7219 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7220 */
|
|
|
7221 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7222 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7223 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7224 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7225 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7226 }
|
|
|
7227 else
|
|
|
7228 #endif
|
|
|
7229 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7230 showmode();
|
|
|
7231 }
|
|
|
7232 #endif
|
|
|
7233
|
|
|
7234 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7235 /*
|
|
|
7236 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7237 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7238 */
|
|
|
7239 static int
|
|
|
7240 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7241 int c;
|
|
|
7242 {
|
|
|
7243 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7244 switch (c)
|
|
|
7245 {
|
|
|
7246 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7247 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7248 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7249 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7250 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7251 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7252 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7253 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7254 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7255 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7256 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7257 case K_END:
|
|
|
7258 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7259 # endif
|
|
|
7260 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7261 break;
|
|
|
7262 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7263 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7264 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7265 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7266 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7267 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7268 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7269 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7270 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7271 start_selection();
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7274 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7275 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7276 {
|
|
|
7277 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7280 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7281 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7282 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7283 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7284 }
|
|
|
7285 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7286 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7287 }
|
|
|
7288 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290 #endif
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 /*
|
|
449
|
7293 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7294 */
|
|
|
7295 static void
|
|
|
7296 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7297 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7298 {
|
|
|
7299 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7300 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7301 {
|
|
|
7302 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7303 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7304 return;
|
|
|
7305 }
|
|
|
7306 #endif
|
|
|
7307
|
|
|
7308 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7309 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7310 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7311 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
7312 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7313 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
7314 # endif
|
|
|
7315 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7316 # endif
|
|
449
|
7317 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7318 #endif
|
|
|
7319 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7320 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7321 else
|
|
|
7322 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7323 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7324 showmode();
|
|
|
7325 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7326 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7327 #endif
|
|
|
7328 }
|
|
|
7329
|
|
|
7330 /*
|
|
|
7331 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7332 */
|
|
|
7333 static void
|
|
|
7334 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7335 {
|
|
|
7336 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7337 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7338 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7339 else
|
|
|
7340 #endif
|
|
|
7341 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7342 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7343 else
|
|
|
7344 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7345 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7346 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7347 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7348 else
|
|
|
7349 #endif
|
|
|
7350 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7351 }
|
|
|
7352
|
|
|
7353 /*
|
|
7
|
7354 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7355 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7356 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7357 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7358 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7359 */
|
|
|
7360 static void
|
|
|
7361 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7362 int c;
|
|
|
7363 int lastc;
|
|
|
7364 {
|
|
|
7365 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7366 return;
|
|
|
7367 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7368
|
|
|
7369 /*
|
|
|
7370 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7371 */
|
|
|
7372 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7373 {
|
|
|
7374 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7375 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7376 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7377 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7378 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7379 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7380 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7381 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7382 }
|
|
|
7383 else
|
|
|
7384 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7385
|
|
|
7386 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7387 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7388 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7389 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7390 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7391 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7392 #endif
|
|
|
7393 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7394 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7395 #endif
|
|
|
7396 }
|
|
|
7397
|
|
|
7398 static void
|
|
|
7399 ins_del()
|
|
|
7400 {
|
|
|
7401 int temp;
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7404 return;
|
|
|
7405 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7406 {
|
|
|
7407 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7408 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7409 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7410 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7411 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7412 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7413 else
|
|
|
7414 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7415 }
|
|
|
7416 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7417 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7418 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7419 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7420 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7421 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7422 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7423 #endif
|
|
|
7424 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7425 }
|
|
|
7426
|
|
|
7427 /*
|
|
|
7428 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7429 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7430 */
|
|
|
7431 static int
|
|
|
7432 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7433 int c;
|
|
|
7434 int mode;
|
|
|
7435 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7436 {
|
|
|
7437 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7438 int cc;
|
|
|
7439 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7440 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7441 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7442 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7443 int oldState;
|
|
|
7444 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7445 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7446 #endif
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 /*
|
|
|
7449 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7450 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7451 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7452 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7453 */
|
|
|
7454 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7455 || (
|
|
|
7456 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7457 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7458 #endif
|
|
|
7459 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7460 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7461 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7462 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7463 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7464 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7465 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7466 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7467 {
|
|
|
7468 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7469 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7470 }
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7473 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7474 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7475 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7476 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7477 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7478 #endif
|
|
|
7479 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7480 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7481 #endif
|
|
|
7482 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7483 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7484 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7485 #endif
|
|
|
7486
|
|
|
7487 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7488 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7489 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7490 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7491 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7492 */
|
|
|
7493 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7494 {
|
|
|
7495 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
|
7497 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7498 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7501 {
|
|
|
7502 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7503 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7504 }
|
|
|
7505 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7506 }
|
|
|
7507 #endif
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 /*
|
|
|
7510 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7511 */
|
|
|
7512 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7513 {
|
|
|
7514 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7515 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7516 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7517 || revins_on
|
|
|
7518 #endif
|
|
|
7519 )
|
|
|
7520 {
|
|
|
7521 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7522 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7523 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7524 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7525 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7526 }
|
|
|
7527 /*
|
|
|
7528 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7529 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7530 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7531 */
|
|
|
7532 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7533 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7534 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7535 /*
|
|
|
7536 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7537 * cursor.
|
|
|
7538 */
|
|
|
7539 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7540 {
|
|
|
7541 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7542 }
|
|
|
7543 else
|
|
|
7544 {
|
|
|
7545 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7546 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7547 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7548 #endif
|
|
|
7549 {
|
|
|
7550 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7551 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7554 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7555 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7556 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7557 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7558 {
|
|
|
7559 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7560 TRUE);
|
|
|
7561 int len;
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7564 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7565 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7566 }
|
|
|
7567
|
|
7
|
7568 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7569 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7570 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7571 }
|
|
|
7572 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7573 else
|
|
|
7574 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7575 #endif
|
|
|
7576
|
|
|
7577 /*
|
|
|
7578 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7579 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7580 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7581 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7582 */
|
|
|
7583 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7584 {
|
|
|
7585 /*
|
|
|
7586 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7587 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7588 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7589 */
|
|
|
7590 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7591 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7592 /*
|
|
|
7593 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7594 */
|
|
|
7595 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7596 {
|
|
|
7597 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7598 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7599 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7600 #else
|
|
|
7601 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7602 #endif
|
|
|
7603 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7604 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7607 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7608 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7609 }
|
|
|
7610 }
|
|
|
7611 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7612 }
|
|
|
7613 else
|
|
|
7614 {
|
|
|
7615 /*
|
|
|
7616 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7617 */
|
|
|
7618 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7619 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7620 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7621 #endif
|
|
|
7622 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7623 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7624 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7625 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7626 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7627 #endif
|
|
|
7628 )
|
|
|
7629 {
|
|
|
7630 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7631 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7632 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7633 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7634 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7635 }
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 /*
|
|
|
7638 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7639 */
|
|
|
7640 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7641 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7642 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7643 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7644 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7645 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7646 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7647 {
|
|
|
7648 int ts;
|
|
|
7649 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7650 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7651 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7654 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7655 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7656 else
|
|
|
7657 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7658 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7659 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7660 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7661 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7662 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7663 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7664 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7665 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7668 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7669 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7670 {
|
|
|
7671 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7672 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7673 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7674 {
|
|
|
7675 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7676 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7677 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7678 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7679 {
|
|
|
7680 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7681 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7682 {
|
|
|
7683 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7684 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7685 }
|
|
|
7686 else
|
|
|
7687 #endif
|
|
|
7688 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7689 }
|
|
|
7690 }
|
|
|
7691 else
|
|
|
7692 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7693 }
|
|
|
7694
|
|
|
7695 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7696 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7697 {
|
|
|
7698 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7699 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7700 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7701 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7702
|
|
|
7703 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7704 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7705 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7706 else
|
|
|
7707 #endif
|
|
|
7708 {
|
|
|
7709 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7710 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7711 {
|
|
|
7712 if (extra)
|
|
|
7713 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7714 else
|
|
|
7715 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7716 }
|
|
|
7717 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7718 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7719 }
|
|
|
7720 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7721 }
|
|
|
7722 }
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 /*
|
|
|
7725 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7726 */
|
|
|
7727 else do
|
|
|
7728 {
|
|
|
7729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7730 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7731 #endif
|
|
|
7732 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7735 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7736 {
|
|
|
7737 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7738 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7739 }
|
|
|
7740 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7741 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7742 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7743 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7744 {
|
|
|
7745 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7746 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7747 #endif
|
|
|
7748 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7749 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7750 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7751 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7752 #endif
|
|
|
7753 break;
|
|
|
7754 }
|
|
|
7755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7756 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7757 else
|
|
|
7758 {
|
|
|
7759 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7760 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7761 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7762 #endif
|
|
|
7763 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7764 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7765 /*
|
|
|
7766 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7767 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7768 * character.
|
|
|
7769 */
|
|
|
7770 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7771 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7772 #endif
|
|
|
7773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7774 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7775 {
|
|
|
7776 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7777 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7778 }
|
|
|
7779 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7780 break;
|
|
|
7781 #endif
|
|
|
7782 }
|
|
|
7783 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7784 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7785 break;
|
|
|
7786 } while (
|
|
|
7787 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7788 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7789 #endif
|
|
|
7790 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7791 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7792 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7793 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7794 }
|
|
|
7795 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7796 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7797 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7798 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7799 #endif
|
|
|
7800 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7801 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7802 /*
|
|
|
7803 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7804 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7805 * with.
|
|
|
7806 */
|
|
|
7807 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7808
|
|
|
7809 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7810 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7811 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7812 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7813
|
|
|
7814 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7815 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7816 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7817 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7818 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7819 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7820 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7821 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7822 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7823
|
|
|
7824 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7825 }
|
|
|
7826
|
|
|
7827 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7828 static void
|
|
|
7829 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7830 int c;
|
|
|
7831 {
|
|
|
7832 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7833
|
|
|
7834 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7835 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7836 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7837 # endif
|
|
|
7838 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7839 return;
|
|
|
7840
|
|
|
7841 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7842 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7843 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7846 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7847 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7848 # endif
|
|
|
7849 }
|
|
|
7850
|
|
|
7851 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7852 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7853 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7854 #endif
|
|
|
7855 }
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 static void
|
|
|
7858 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7859 int up;
|
|
|
7860 {
|
|
|
7861 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7862 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7863 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7864 # endif
|
|
|
7865
|
|
|
7866 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7867
|
|
|
7868 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7869 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7870
|
|
|
7871 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7872 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7873 {
|
|
|
7874 int row, col;
|
|
|
7875
|
|
|
7876 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7877 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7880 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7881 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7882 }
|
|
|
7883 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7884 # endif
|
|
|
7885 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7888 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7889 else
|
|
|
7890 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7893 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7896 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7897 # endif
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7900 {
|
|
|
7901 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7902 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7903 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7904 # endif
|
|
|
7905 }
|
|
|
7906 }
|
|
|
7907 #endif
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7910 void
|
|
|
7911 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7912 {
|
|
|
7913 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7914
|
|
|
7915 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7916 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7917 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7918 {
|
|
|
7919 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7920 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7921 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7922 # endif
|
|
|
7923 }
|
|
|
7924 }
|
|
|
7925
|
|
|
7926 void
|
|
|
7927 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7928 {
|
|
|
7929 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7930
|
|
|
7931 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7932 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7933 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7934 {
|
|
|
7935 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7936 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7937 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7938 # endif
|
|
|
7939 }
|
|
|
7940 }
|
|
|
7941 #endif
|
|
|
7942
|
|
|
7943 static void
|
|
|
7944 ins_left()
|
|
|
7945 {
|
|
|
7946 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7947
|
|
|
7948 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7949 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7950 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7951 #endif
|
|
|
7952 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7953 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7954 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7955 {
|
|
|
7956 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7957 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7958 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7959 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7960 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7961 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7962 #endif
|
|
|
7963 }
|
|
|
7964
|
|
|
7965 /*
|
|
|
7966 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7967 * previous line
|
|
|
7968 */
|
|
|
7969 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7972 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7973 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7974 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7975 }
|
|
|
7976 else
|
|
|
7977 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7978 }
|
|
|
7979
|
|
|
7980 static void
|
|
|
7981 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7982 int c;
|
|
|
7983 {
|
|
|
7984 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7985
|
|
|
7986 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7987 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7988 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7989 #endif
|
|
|
7990 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7991 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7992 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7993 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7994 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7995 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7996 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7997 #endif
|
|
|
7998 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7999 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8000 }
|
|
|
8001
|
|
|
8002 static void
|
|
|
8003 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8004 int c;
|
|
|
8005 {
|
|
|
8006 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8007
|
|
|
8008 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8009 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8010 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8011 #endif
|
|
|
8012 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8013 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8014 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8015 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8016 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8017 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8018
|
|
|
8019 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8020 }
|
|
|
8021
|
|
|
8022 static void
|
|
|
8023 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8024 {
|
|
|
8025 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8026 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8027 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8028 #endif
|
|
|
8029 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8030 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8033 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8034 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8035 }
|
|
|
8036 else
|
|
|
8037 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8038 }
|
|
|
8039
|
|
|
8040 static void
|
|
|
8041 ins_right()
|
|
|
8042 {
|
|
|
8043 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8044 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8045 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8046 #endif
|
|
|
8047 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8048 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8049 )
|
|
|
8050 {
|
|
|
8051 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8052 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8053 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8054 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8055 oneright();
|
|
|
8056 else
|
|
|
8057 #endif
|
|
|
8058 {
|
|
|
8059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8060 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8061 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8062 else
|
|
|
8063 #endif
|
|
|
8064 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8065 }
|
|
|
8066
|
|
|
8067 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8068 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8069 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8070 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8071 #endif
|
|
|
8072 }
|
|
|
8073 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8074 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8075 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8076 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8077 {
|
|
|
8078 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8079 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8080 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8081 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8082 }
|
|
|
8083 else
|
|
|
8084 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8085 }
|
|
|
8086
|
|
|
8087 static void
|
|
|
8088 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8089 {
|
|
|
8090 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8091 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8092 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8093 #endif
|
|
|
8094 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8095 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8096 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8097 {
|
|
|
8098 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8099 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8100 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8101 }
|
|
|
8102 else
|
|
|
8103 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8104 }
|
|
|
8105
|
|
|
8106 static void
|
|
|
8107 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8108 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8109 {
|
|
|
8110 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8111 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8112 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8113 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8114 #endif
|
|
|
8115
|
|
|
8116 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8117 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8118 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8119 {
|
|
|
8120 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8121 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8122 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8123 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8124 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8125 #endif
|
|
|
8126 )
|
|
|
8127 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8128 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8129 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8130 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8131 #endif
|
|
|
8132 }
|
|
|
8133 else
|
|
|
8134 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8135 }
|
|
|
8136
|
|
|
8137 static void
|
|
|
8138 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
8139 {
|
|
|
8140 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8141
|
|
|
8142 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8143 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8144 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8145 {
|
|
|
8146 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8147 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8148 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8149 #endif
|
|
|
8150 }
|
|
|
8151 else
|
|
|
8152 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8153 }
|
|
|
8154
|
|
|
8155 static void
|
|
|
8156 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
8157 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8158 {
|
|
|
8159 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8160 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8161 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8162 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8163 #endif
|
|
|
8164
|
|
|
8165 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8166 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8167 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8168 {
|
|
|
8169 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8170 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8171 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8172 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8173 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8174 #endif
|
|
|
8175 )
|
|
|
8176 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8177 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8178 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8179 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8180 #endif
|
|
|
8181 }
|
|
|
8182 else
|
|
|
8183 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8184 }
|
|
|
8185
|
|
|
8186 static void
|
|
|
8187 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8188 {
|
|
|
8189 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8190
|
|
|
8191 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8192 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8193 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8194 {
|
|
|
8195 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8196 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8197 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8198 #endif
|
|
|
8199 }
|
|
|
8200 else
|
|
|
8201 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8202 }
|
|
|
8203
|
|
|
8204 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8205 static void
|
|
|
8206 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8207 {
|
|
|
8208 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8209 }
|
|
|
8210 #endif
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 /*
|
|
|
8213 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8214 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8215 */
|
|
|
8216 static int
|
|
|
8217 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8218 {
|
|
|
8219 int ind;
|
|
|
8220 int i;
|
|
|
8221 int temp;
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8224 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8225 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8226 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8227
|
|
|
8228 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8229 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8230 if (ind)
|
|
|
8231 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8232 #endif
|
|
|
8233
|
|
|
8234 /*
|
|
|
8235 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8236 */
|
|
|
8237 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8238 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8239 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8240 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8241
|
|
|
8242 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8243 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8244
|
|
|
8245 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8247 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8248 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8249 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8250 #endif
|
|
|
8251 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8254 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8255 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8256 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8257 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8258 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8259 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 /*
|
|
|
8262 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8263 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8264 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8265 */
|
|
|
8266 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8267 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8268 {
|
|
|
8269 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8270 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8271 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8272 else
|
|
|
8273 #endif
|
|
|
8274 {
|
|
|
8275 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8276 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8277 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8278 }
|
|
|
8279 }
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 /*
|
|
|
8282 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8283 */
|
|
|
8284 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8285 {
|
|
|
8286 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8287 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8288 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8289 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8290 #endif
|
|
|
8291 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8292 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8293 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8294 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8295 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 /*
|
|
|
8298 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8299 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8300 */
|
|
|
8301 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8302 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8303 {
|
|
|
8304 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8305 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8306 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8307 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8308 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8309 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8310 }
|
|
|
8311 else
|
|
|
8312 #endif
|
|
|
8313 {
|
|
|
8314 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8315 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8316 }
|
|
|
8317
|
|
|
8318 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8319 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8320 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8321
|
|
|
8322 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8323 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8324 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8325 {
|
|
|
8326 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8327 --ptr;
|
|
|
8328 }
|
|
|
8329
|
|
|
8330 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8331 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8332 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8333 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8334 {
|
|
|
8335 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8336 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8337 }
|
|
|
8338
|
|
|
8339 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8340 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8341 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8342
|
|
|
8343 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8344 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8345 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8346 {
|
|
|
8347 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8348 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8349 break;
|
|
|
8350 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8351 {
|
|
|
8352 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8353 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8354 {
|
|
|
8355 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8356 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8357 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8358 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8359 }
|
|
|
8360 }
|
|
|
8361 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8362 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8363 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8364 }
|
|
|
8365
|
|
|
8366 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8367 {
|
|
|
8368 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8371 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8372 {
|
|
|
8373 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8374 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8375 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8376 }
|
|
|
8377 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8378 {
|
|
|
8379 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8380 --ptr;
|
|
|
8381 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8382 }
|
|
|
8383 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8384
|
|
|
8385 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8386 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8387 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8388 {
|
|
|
8389 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8390 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8391 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8392 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8393 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8394 #endif
|
|
|
8395 )
|
|
|
8396 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8397 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8398 }
|
|
33
|
8399 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8400 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8401 {
|
|
|
8402 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8403 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8404 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8405 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8406 }
|
|
|
8407 #endif
|
|
7
|
8408 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8411 /*
|
|
|
8412 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8413 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8414 * spacing.
|
|
|
8415 */
|
|
|
8416 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8417 {
|
|
|
8418 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8419 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8420
|
|
|
8421 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8422 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8423 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8424 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8425 }
|
|
|
8426 #endif
|
|
|
8427 }
|
|
|
8428
|
|
|
8429 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8430 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8431 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8432 #endif
|
|
|
8433 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8434 }
|
|
|
8435
|
|
|
8436 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8437 }
|
|
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 /*
|
|
|
8440 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8441 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8442 */
|
|
|
8443 static int
|
|
|
8444 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8445 int c;
|
|
|
8446 {
|
|
|
8447 int i;
|
|
|
8448
|
|
|
8449 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8450 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8451 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8452 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8453 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8454
|
|
|
8455 /*
|
|
|
8456 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8457 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8458 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8459 */
|
|
|
8460 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8461 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8462 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8463 #endif
|
|
|
8464 )
|
|
|
8465 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8466
|
|
|
8467 /*
|
|
|
8468 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8469 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8470 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8471 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8472 */
|
|
|
8473
|
|
|
8474 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8475 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8476 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8477 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8478 # endif
|
|
|
8479 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8480 * current line. */
|
|
|
8481 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8482 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8483 #endif
|
|
|
8484
|
|
|
8485 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8486 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8487 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8488 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8489 #endif
|
|
|
8490 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8491 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8492 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8493 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8494 #endif
|
|
|
8495
|
|
|
8496 return (!i);
|
|
|
8497 }
|
|
|
8498
|
|
|
8499 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8500 /*
|
|
|
8501 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8502 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8503 * done.
|
|
|
8504 */
|
|
|
8505 static int
|
|
|
8506 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8507 {
|
|
|
8508 int c;
|
|
|
8509 int cc;
|
|
|
8510
|
|
|
8511 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8512 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8513 {
|
|
|
8514 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8515 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8516
|
|
|
8517 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8518 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8519 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8520 #endif
|
|
|
8521 }
|
|
|
8522
|
|
|
8523 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8524 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8525 #endif
|
|
|
8526
|
|
|
8527 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8528 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8529 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8530 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8531 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8532 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8533 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8534 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8535 {
|
|
|
8536 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8537 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8538 #endif
|
|
|
8539 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8540 return NUL;
|
|
|
8541 }
|
|
|
8542 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8543 {
|
|
|
8544 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8545 {
|
|
|
8546 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8547 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8550 {
|
|
|
8551 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8552 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8553 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
8554 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8555 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8556 }
|
|
|
8557 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8558 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8559 #endif
|
|
|
8560 }
|
|
|
8561 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8562 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8563 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8564 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8565 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8566 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8567 {
|
|
|
8568 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8569 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8570 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8571 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8572 #endif
|
|
|
8573 return c;
|
|
|
8574 }
|
|
|
8575 }
|
|
|
8576 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8577 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8578 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8579 #endif
|
|
|
8580 return NUL;
|
|
|
8581 }
|
|
|
8582 #endif
|
|
|
8583
|
|
|
8584 /*
|
|
|
8585 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8586 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8587 */
|
|
|
8588 static int
|
|
|
8589 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8590 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8591 {
|
|
|
8592 int c;
|
|
|
8593 int temp;
|
|
|
8594 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8595
|
|
|
8596 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8597 {
|
|
|
8598 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8599 return NUL;
|
|
|
8600 }
|
|
|
8601
|
|
|
8602 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8603 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8604 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8605 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8606 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8607 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8608 {
|
|
|
8609 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8610 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8611 }
|
|
|
8612 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8613 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8616 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8617 #else
|
|
|
8618 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8619 #endif
|
|
|
8620 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8621 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8622 return c;
|
|
|
8623 }
|
|
|
8624
|
|
449
|
8625 /*
|
|
|
8626 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8627 */
|
|
|
8628 static int
|
|
|
8629 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8630 int tc;
|
|
|
8631 {
|
|
|
8632 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8633
|
|
|
8634 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8635 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8636 {
|
|
|
8637 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8638 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8639 else
|
|
|
8640 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8641 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8642 }
|
|
|
8643 else
|
|
|
8644 #endif
|
|
|
8645 {
|
|
|
8646 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8647 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8648 {
|
|
|
8649 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8650
|
|
|
8651 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8652 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8653 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8654 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8655 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8656 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8657 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8658 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8659 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8660 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8661 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8662 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8663 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8664 #endif
|
|
|
8665 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8666 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8667 }
|
|
|
8668 }
|
|
|
8669 return c;
|
|
|
8670 }
|
|
|
8671
|
|
7
|
8672 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8673 /*
|
|
|
8674 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8675 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8676 */
|
|
|
8677 static void
|
|
|
8678 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8679 int c;
|
|
|
8680 {
|
|
|
8681 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8682 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8683 int i;
|
|
|
8684 int temp;
|
|
|
8685
|
|
|
8686 /*
|
|
|
8687 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8688 */
|
|
|
8689 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8690 {
|
|
|
8691 /*
|
|
|
8692 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8693 */
|
|
|
8694 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8695 {
|
|
|
8696 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8697 /*
|
|
|
8698 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8699 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8700 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8701 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8702 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8703 */
|
|
|
8704 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8705 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8706 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8707 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8708 ;
|
|
|
8709 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8710 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8711 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8712 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8713 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8714 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8715 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8716 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8717 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8718 else
|
|
|
8719 #endif
|
|
|
8720 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8721 }
|
|
|
8722 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8723 {
|
|
|
8724 /*
|
|
|
8725 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8726 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8727 */
|
|
|
8728 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8729 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8730 {
|
|
|
8731 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8732 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8733 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8734 {
|
|
|
8735 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8736
|
|
|
8737 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8738 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8739 break;
|
|
|
8740 }
|
|
|
8741 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8742 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8743 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8744 }
|
|
|
8745 if (temp)
|
|
|
8746 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8747 }
|
|
|
8748 }
|
|
|
8749
|
|
|
8750 /*
|
|
|
8751 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8752 */
|
|
|
8753 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8754 {
|
|
|
8755 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8756 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8757 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8758 }
|
|
|
8759
|
|
|
8760 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8761 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8762 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8763 }
|
|
|
8764 #endif
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 /*
|
|
|
8767 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8768 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8769 */
|
|
|
8770 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8771 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8772 {
|
|
|
8773 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8774 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8775 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8776 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8777 }
|
